annual report 2014
making life’s everyday
moments more enjoyable
Welcome to Britvic’s 2014 Annual
Report for the financial year ended
28 September 2014.
In this report you can read about our business and what we do, find
information on our strategy and how we deliver it, how we have
performed in the financial year and how we govern our business.
01 Strategic report
01 Performance at a glance
03 Chairman’s introduction
04 Our business
06 Our business model
07 Our strategy
07 Risk management
08 Our people
12 Chief Executive Officer’s review
15 Chief Financial Officer’s review
20 Glossary
22 Our sustainability performance
28 Our risks
02 Governance
33 Corporate governance report
34 Board of directors
43 Audit Committee
46 Nomination Committee
50 Remuneration Committee
51 Directors’ remuneration report
63 Annual report on remuneration
74 Directors’ report
76 Statement of directors’ responsibilities
03 Financial statements
Independent auditors report to the members of Britvic plc
78
81 Consolidated income statement
82 Consolidated statement of comprehensive income/(expense)
83 Consolidated balance sheet
84 Consolidated statement of cash flows
85 Consolidated statement of changes in equity
86 Notes to the consolidated financial statements
135 Company balance sheet
136 Notes to the company financial statements
04 Other information
143 Shareholder information
Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements
This announcement includes statements that are forward-looking in nature. Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks,
uncertainties and other factors which may cause the actual results, performance or achievements of the group to be materially different from
any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Except as required by the
Listing Rules and applicable law, Britvic undertakes no obligation to update or change any forward-looking statements to
reflect events occurring after the date such statements are published.
01
S
S
t
t
r
r
a
a
O
t
t
e
e
v
e
g
g
r
i
i
c
c
v
i
e
r
r
e
e
w
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
i
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
O
t
h
e
r
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
Performance
at a glance
GROUP REVENUE
GROUP EBITA
EBITA MARGIN
2010
2013
2014
£1,321.9m
£1,344.4m
20102013
2014
£137.9m
£161.0m
2010
2013
2014
10.4%
12.0%
+2.4%
+17.3%
+150bps
UNDERLYING ROIC
ADJUSTED EARNINGS
PER SHARE
DIVIDEND PER SHARE
2010
2013
2014
21.3%
24.9%
2010
2013
2014
35.2p
41.8p
2010
2013
2014
18.4p
20.9p
+360bps
+18.8%
+13.6%
FREE CASH FLOW
2010
2013
2014
£103.5m
£88.9m
-14.1%
All numbers, other than where stated or included within the fi nancial statements, are disclosed before exceptional and other items
and are presented on a constant currency basis. A list of defi nitions can be found on page 20 of the annual report.
RECONCILIATION FROM ACTUAL EXCHANGE RATE TO CONSTANT EXCHANGE RATE
2013 actual
exchange rate £m
Change
£m
2013 constant
exchange rate £m
Group revenue
Group EBIT
Group profi t before tax
Group profi t after tax (PAT)
Group PAT, after exceptional and other items
Group EBITA
Adjusted earnings per share
1,321.9
135.0
108.1
82.6
61.9
137.9
35.2p
(9.4)
(0.6)
(0.5)
-
-
(0.6)
-
1,312.5
134.4
107.6
82.6
61.9
137.3
35.2p
making life’s everyday moments more enjoyable
a spot of lunch
Strategic report
Strategic report
Strategic report
03
Introduction
from the Chairman
The future for our company is bright. We have a more efficient operating
platform in the UK for our brands, which will support us in meeting the
trading challenges presented by all the changes that are happening to
our supermarket customer base. There are finally signs of some green
shoots in Ireland and we are confident of continued growth in France,
where Fruit Shoot is now well established. Our core markets provide
a cash flow and profit base to fund our brand’s growth internationally,
where again further growth in the USA is a top priority.
Our people
Our employees are our key asset and their passion and commitment
is pivotal to the success of Britvic. We have seen a number of people
leave the business as a result of the infrastructure changes that we
have made. During this period of uncertainty their commitment has
been unwavering and I thank each and every one of them for this. In
recognition of the key role that they play we have continued to encourage
employees to participate, where possible, in the share incentive schemes
available. These offer significant rewards for much appreciated hard
work and allow our people to share in the success of the business.
The board
Last year I highlighted the board’s desire to support the company in
executing the new strategy and possible changes to the composition
of the board, as a result of tenures as an independent Non-Executive
Director coming to an end. This year we bid farewell to Michael Shallow
who has been with us since flotation in 2005. His commitment to the
business has been unwavering and on behalf of the rest of the board
I wish him well for the future.
This year we have appointed two new Non-Executive Directors to
the board. Ian McHoul has joined us and chairs the Audit committee.
Ian is currently Chief Financial Officer of Amec Foster Wheeler plc, a
FTSE100-listed company, and brings with him a wealth of knowledge
and experience. Silvia Lagnado has also joined the board. Silvia’s career
is one of international marketing where she has been a senior executive
at companies such as Unilever and Bacardi. Ian and Silvia strengthen
the board and bring to Britvic invaluable insight and experience to
support the strategy and in particular the international expansion
of the business.
I am confident that the strategy being executed by the Executive Team
will deliver sustainable profit growth and long-term value for our
shareholders.
The AGM will be held at 11am on Tuesday 27 January 2015 at the
offices of Nomura, 1 Angel Lane, London EC4R 3AB and I look
forward to seeing you there.
Gerald Corbett
Chairman
The last year has been a year of
record profits for Britvic, up 17.6%
to £158.1m, and earnings per share
up 18.8% to 41.8p. The board has
proposed an increase in the final
dividend of 13.8%, to 14.8p per
share, making a full year dividend
of 20.9p per share, up 13.6% on the
previous year. We remain committed
to a progressive dividend policy and
plan to pay out 50% of earnings in
dividends in the coming years.
Performance review
The year was our Chief Executive’s, Simon Litherland, first full year in
charge. He, and his new team, have re-invigorated the company and
significantly enhanced the organisation’s capability to execute. We
had identified the degree of change proposed in Simon’s plan as a
challenge for the company to manage. They swept through in fine
style, delivering on the cost savings and supply chain rationalisation
ahead of target. You only realise how far you have gone and what you
have achieved when you look back. The new Irish team delivered an
improved result, and France, in spite of a tough summer, posted record
profits. The Fruit Shoot expansion in the USA, a key part of our growth
strategy going forwards, remains on track and our new Indian
operation has begun trading.
Innovation has always been a key part of Britvic’s success. The last
year saw the launch of Robinsons ‘Squash’d’, a pocket size version
of the concentrate. We also launched a new pack for Teisseire, with a
pump, and the new Club Zero no sugar range in Ireland. Each of these
innovations has started well and we are confident of their future success.
i
i
S
S
t
t
r
r
a
a
t
t
e
e
g
g
c
c
r
r
e
e
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
i
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
O
t
h
e
r
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
OverviewFinancial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceStrategic report
04
Strategic report
Our business
Our purpose is to make life’s
everyday moments more enjoyable.
We offer a wide range of soft drinks
to meet the many and varied needs
of our consumers; at home or out
and about, there is a great tasting,
high quality Britvic brand for every
occasion.
The Britvic of today has come a long way from its mid-19th century origins
in a chemist’s shop in Essex. The British Vitamin Product Company set the
standard in the 1930s when it started bottling fruit juice to provide an easy
and affordable source of vitamins to the local community.
Today Britvic is a leading international soft drinks company, with a strong
heritage. We have operations in GB, Ireland and France and have been
taking our brands around the world, exporting to over 50 countries and
working with carefully chosen partners to franchise our brands, including
the USA and India.
We have an enviable portfolio of leading brands and strong market
positions. In GB and Ireland, we are the number one supplier of still soft
drinks and the number two supplier of carbonates. Robinsons has long
been the UK’s number one squash brand and J20 is the number one
premium juice brand. Other brands like Tango, R Whites Lemonade as well
as Britvic juices and mixers, are staples in UK shopping baskets or on a trip
to the pub. Fruit Shoot is the number one kids’ soft drinks brand in the UK
and is at the heart of our international expansion. In France we have the
leading syrup brand, Teisseire, and Teisseire Fruit Shoot is now the number
one kids’ juice drink. In Ireland, Ballygowan is the number one water brand,
while MiWadi squash and the Club range are leaders in their categories.
We are proud of our partnership with PepsiCo, which began in 1987, and
we make and sell a number of their brands, including Pepsi and 7UP in GB
and Ireland. We are delighted to be partnering with PepsiCo as we roll out
Fruit Shoot in the USA.
We are equally proud of our people who are critical to our success. We are
committed to building a great place to work and making Britvic an inspiring
place to be for our employees.
Britvic is listed on the London Stock Exchange under the code
BVIC. Its market capitalisation at 28 September 2014 was
£1.7 billion.
Strategic report
05
making life’s everyday moments more enjoyable
hanging out
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationStrategic report 06
Strategic report
Our business model
Britvic is set apart from its
competitors by our unrivalled
combination of market leading
brands and track record in
innovation, our expert knowledge
of the soft drinks market, long
standing and sustainable
relationships with our partners,
including PepsiCo, and a highly
talented and committed
workforce.
We manufacture, market and sell both Britvic and PepsiCo brands in
GB and Ireland, supported by dedicated commercial teams in both
countries. In France, we manufacture, market and sell our own category
leading brands, as well as supplying private label juice and syrups.
Internationally, we work primarily in partnership with local companies
through franchise, distribution or licensing arrangements to exploit the
global potential of our kids, family and adult brands. In the USA, we
have agreements with a number of Pepsi bottlers and in India we are
partnering with the Narang Group. We also export Britvic products
around the world and are a significant player in the travel sector.
Our brands and innovations are built on the quality of our insight and
understanding of the soft drinks markets in which we operate. We are
committed to building sustainable relationships with all our partners,
from suppliers of raw materials through to the customers who sell our
brands.
We have developed an operating model which is based on the principles
of simplicity, focus and accountability, to ensure we are cost efficient
and effective and can invest in the growth opportunities.
All of this allows us to deliver value to our shareholders, our customers
and partners, the consumers who buy our brands, the communities
in which we operate and to our employees.
BRITVIC
GB, Ireland
and France
Raw materials
Manufacturing
full goods
Distribution
Customers
Consumers
BRITVIC
PARTNER ACTIVITIES
International
franchise
International
export
Manufacturing
compound
Transport to
international
partner
Raw materials
Manufacturing
full goods
Distribution
Customers
Consumers
BRITVIC
PARTNER ACTIVITIES
Raw materials
Manufacturing
full goods
Export to
international
markets
Distribution
Customers
Consumers
Strategic report
Our strategy
Our strategy
07
We have a clear strategy that is
designed to realise our ambition
to become the most dynamic,
creative and admired soft drinks
company in the world.
Leverage our portfolio in GB & Ireland and innovate
to meet changing consumer needs
• We have well established operations in these countries and a
portfolio of leading brands. We will continue to build a company that
is acknowledged for commercial excellence, the strength and
breadth of its brands which are widely available in all channels, and
for its cost effectiveness and efficiency
• Innovation is at the heart of our business and we will bring to market
new products that offers consumers drinks for their changing needs
(Key performance indicator – GB and Ireland revenue and brand
contribution growth)
Exploit global opportunities in kids, family and adult
categories
• We will build on the global potential of our own brands in these
categories, primarily working with local partners through franchise,
distribution or licensing agreements
(Key performance indicator – International revenue growth)
Embed a winning culture and improve operating
margin
• This will allow us to be a lower cost and more efficient business,
with resource focused to deliver against the growth opportunities
• We will continue to partner with PepsiCo to manufacture, market
(Key performance indicator – EBITA margin growth)
i
i
S
S
t
t
r
r
a
a
t
t
e
e
g
g
c
c
r
r
e
e
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
i
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
and sell its range of brands including Pepsi, 7UP, Lipton Ice Tea and
Mountain Dew. The combination of the Britvic and PepsiCo brands
gives us the most balanced portfolio in these markets and will
continue to be a key aspect of our growth plans
Build trust and respect in our communities
• We will deliver a strong performance with integrity, acknowledging
the responsibility we have to contribute to our local economies and
society more broadly.
(Key performance indicator – Business In The Community CR Index)
Risk management
Britvic operates a robust risk management process that continues
to evolve and improve to meet the needs of the business.
There are five stages to this process:
Risk identification
Risk analysis
Risk mitigation
planning
Risk review
Risk monitoring
Risk identification, analysis and mitigation planning is undertaken at all
levels of the business through functional and operational teams. Each
risk is assigned an owner at management level who has responsibility
for ensuring that appropriate actions are taken to manage the risk. A
dedicated Risk and Insurance Manager manages and supports this
process and owns the group-wide risk register.
Risks are regularly reviewed and monitored by
Business Unit or functional management teams.
The Executive Team review the major risks across
the group on a quarterly basis to ensure that the
management of these risks has appropriate focus.
The board reviews these at least twice a year.
See page 28 for Britvic’s principle risks.
Other information
08
Strategic report
Our people
We recognise that our people
are central to our success and
to achieving our future ambitions.
We have a talented and dedicated
workforce which demonstrates
commitment and passion for
our business on a daily basis. In
return we continue to invest in
our people to help them perform
and grow, as well as share in
our success.
Our workforce
We currently employ over 3000 people around the world. We want
Britvic to be an inspiring place to be and our ambition is to be the
employer of choice for the world’s most dynamic and creative people
in the fast moving consumer goods (FMCG) sector. We want our
people to realise their ambitions and encourage them to own and
grow their career goals within Britvic. We will continue to invest in and
develop our people and, through expansion, create career development
opportunities, including increased mobility across teams and geographies.
As part of our new operating model, we have established a dedicated
international business unit in the past year, bringing together the right
structure and processes to deliver our ambitions with pace and simplicity.
To do this we have expanded the international teams in GB, as well
as USA, Holland and Singapore and have recruited a new team in
India. We have developed local policies and practices for all our markets
so we can make Britvic an inspiring place to be anywhere in the world.
Purpose, vision and values
Each and every employee is guided by a common purpose, vision
and values, which have been reviewed and refreshed in the past year.
Our leaders have played a pivotal role in bringing our purpose to life,
inspiring all our people towards achieving our vision, helping them to
understand how they contribute to achieving our goals and sharing a
new set of values. We are currently integrating our values into our
people processes and programmes, including performance
management and reward. As we expand into new territories our
global workforce is encouraged to live them every day.
Diversity
Our 2020 gender diversity goal is to have at least 40% female
representation within senior management levels. With the changes
to the board composition last year, we now have 25% (2) female
representation on the board. In addition 35% (161) of our senior
managers are female and below this level, females make up 28%
(845) of our workforce.
At Britvic, we consider diversity to be broader than gender, ethnicity,
disability or sexual orientation. We are committed to encouraging an
environment where we celebrate individual genius through the
promotion of diversity of thought.
Our purpose
Making life’s everyday moments more enjoyable
Our vision
The most dynamic, creative and admired soft drinks company in the world
Building iconic
brands loved by
consumers
Being the most
valued by our
customers &
partners
An inspiring
place to be
for our
employees
Delivering
consistently
superior
returns for
shareholders
Trusted and
respected in our
communities
Our values
Be proud • Be bold • Be disciplined • Act with pace • Be open • Win together
Gender diversity
Board
(including
non-executives)
Senior managers
All employees
25
%
75
35
%
65
28
%
72
x6
x2
x303
x161
x2,124
x845
Strategic report Our people (continued)
09
We have run a Wellness@work programme in GB for some years.
This supports our commitment to the UK government’s Responsibility
Deal and encourages our employees to take active measures to
improve their wellbeing, in line with the Change4Life principles of ‘eat
well, move more, live healthier longer’. This programme will be rolled
out in Ireland in the coming year. We have also initiated a group
occupational health programme review, to determine future strategy
and 2015 action plans.
Pay & benefits
We proactively monitor our total pay and benefits offering as part of
our reward philosophy which is based on delivering competitive
salaries and benefits, performance related bonus opportunities and
wide-spread share ownership opportunities.
In a number of our markets pay for large populations of our employees
is determined with trade union representatives on the basis of fair
terms and conditions for all members.
Management pay and bonuses are linked to business performance
and their personal contribution. Selected senior executives also receive
annual awards of long-term incentives to directly align their packages
with sustainable shareholder creation. Pay outs under these plans
depends on Britvic’s performance over a three-year period.
We also provide competitive pension and healthcare benefits in
addition to statutory arrangements.
Sharing in success
Our remuneration philosophy places great emphasis on providing the
opportunity for our employees to share in the success of Britvic. In
particular share ownership is at the heart of our employee offering
with average shareholdings for GB-based employees currently at
£16,000 as a result of their participation in our long-standing Share
Incentive Plan (SIP).
The SIP provides free share awards to participants each year, subject
to company performance, which they then hold for a minimum of
three years. The SIP also provides participants with the opportunity to
purchase additional shares in Britvic as well as receive further
matching awards.
Profit sharing plans also operate in Ireland and France to allow
participants to share in the success of Britvic and similar arrangements
will be extended to other countries in the near future.
Learning & development
We are committed to nurturing and growing our employees at all
levels, enabling them to lead Britvic into the future.
In the past year we have recruited a number of senior leaders from
outside our industry to infuse fresh thinking and bring new capabilities
to our team. We have implemented new leadership development
initiatives to enable our senior leaders to adopt new ways to lead,
coach and support their teams.
We continue to run an extensive learning and development curriculum,
which offers all employees the chance to improve their core business
skills and managers the opportunity to enhance their line management
skills. We also run programmes tailored to the needs of specific areas
of the business.
Communication and engagement
We participated in the Great Place to Work survey for the first time
last year and the results provided valuable feedback on how our
people are feeling about the business in a time of significant change.
The findings were varied and highlighted areas of strength as well as
areas where we need to do more. The outputs from the survey have
been analysed in depth and workshops were held throughout the
business to communicate the findings and to identify where changes
and improvements can be made. These will be put into place in the
coming year.
Communication with all our employees is a priority for us and we keep
people informed about our business, its performance and things that
affect them through a variety of channels. These include our intranet,
Teamlink, our monthly digital update, and Teamtalk, our regular face
to face engagement meetings. In the past year we have extended our
quarterly magazine, Britvic Life, to all employees and it now available
digitally and in English and French. We have well established Employee
Involvement Forums in GB and Ireland as well as a Britvic Group Forum,
with nominated employee representatives who ensure that employees’
views are taken into account regarding issues that are likely to affect
them. Where the group has entered into a recognition agreement with
a trade union, it fulfils its obligations to consult and negotiate accordingly.
Health, safety and wellbeing
The health, safety and wellbeing of our employees is paramount to
the company and in the past year we have made significant
improvements against our targets.
We have introduced a Health, Safety and Wellbeing Committee that is
chaired by our General Counsel, has cross functional representation
from all business units and central functions, and is supported by
health and safety specialists from across the group.
We have also introduced a new e-learning platform that enables us to
deliver health and safety training to everyone within the business,
regardless of where they work.
The primary health and safety focus for Britvic in 2014 was to address
the issue of aging workplace equipment to ensure it is compliant with
the present day EU Machinery Safety Directive and EN ISO Machine
Safety Standards.
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationStrategic report 10
11
making life’s everyday moments more enjoyable
family dinner
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationStrategic report 12
Strategic report
Chief Executive
Officer’s review
As planned we have closed two factories in GB, a depot and a call
centre in Ireland, and consolidated back office functions in GB and
Ireland. Where possible we have found new roles for those employees
willing to relocate and supported those leaving the business in finding
alternative employment. I would like to personally thank all affected
employees for their commitment and support during this time of change.
During the year we also set up an international business unit to
support our ambitious growth plans in the kids, family and adult
categories. It now operates as a fully resourced, standalone business
unit, with over one hundred employees, and is focused on providing
the necessary support to our in-market partners to develop our
brands locally, as well as market specific innovation and the creation
of relevant marketing campaigns. We have come a long way in the
last twelve months and have successfully managed our way through
a period of organisational change.
We have made strong progress this year despite challenging trading
conditions in each of our markets. Revenue and margins have
increased and profits are well ahead of last year. We are on-track to
deliver the £30m cost saving programme by 2016. The overwhelming
majority will have been delivered in the 2014/15 financial year. Our
focus on generating cash has allowed us to reduce net debt and
increase the full year dividend by 13.6%.
Leverage our portfolio in GB &
Ireland and innovate to meet
changing consumer needs
In GB our carbonates portfolio has continued to outperform the
market. We successfully grew volumes whilst the category was in
decline and increased market share. Pepsi has been the key driver of
this growth, led by Pepsi Max and its “no sugar, maximum taste”
proposition. Throughout the year we have executed a number of
exciting and impactful marketing campaigns, including the “Unbelievable”
campaign, which saw extensive, ground-breaking advertising for the
brand across the country and on-line. The Pepsi Max YouTube
channel was a focal point for our digital marketing and we achieved
over 50 million views across all platforms. Throughout the summer
Pepsi leveraged its connection with key football personalities with
limited edition packs on-shelf and the chance to win some great
prizes. We also launched an exciting new dispense proposition for
the leisure channel, allowing consumers to personalise their soft
drink experience, with added flavours.
The GB stills category has been challenged with only minor volume
growth, driven by plain water, which is not a scale category for us.
Growth in our stills portfolio is crucial to our future success and is a
priority for us. Whilst our overall performance has been below what
we wanted to achieve this year, there have been positive highlights.
Robinsons continued to lead the squash category, and although we
have seen increased competition from private-label which impacted
our volume, our focus has been to protect price and maintain our
brand equity. We have continued to invest in the brand, as
demonstrated by the launch of Robinsons Squash’d, which has
led the growth of the new water enhancer sub-category. The launch
was supported by an extensive marketing campaign, including TV
advertising, and we have been delighted with its performance to date.
We have reported another strong
set of results for our financial
year ended 28 September 2014
and have made excellent progress
in delivering our strategic
initiatives. I am incredibly proud
of our company and its portfolio
of leading brands and it is a
privilege to lead an organisation
with such a passionate and
talented team.
Our aspirational vision is to be the most dynamic, creative and
admired soft drinks company in the world and we have made great
progress in the last twelve months, in what were challenging market
conditions.
Embed a winning culture and
improve operating margin
This has been a year of exceptional change as we continued to
implement our new strategy. We completed the re-design of our
organisation, matching our resource to the growth opportunities and
created a business that is simple, focused and accountable. We have
a new Executive Team in place, which includes all our business unit
Managing Directors for the first time. As an Executive Team we have
created and shared an exciting new vision for our business and set
some ambitious targets for ourselves. We have also created a new
set of values to guide our behaviours and facilitate effective
engagement and ways of working across the business.
Strategic report Chief Executive Officer’s review (continued)
13
Build trust and respect in our
communities
The past year has seen a surge of interest in health and sugar levels
in soft drinks. We strongly believe that all our drinks can be enjoyed
as part of a balanced diet and healthy lifestyle. We offer a wide range
of low calorie drinks and lead our marketing with these drinks. We
have continued to play an active role to help address the challenge
and in the last year we have launched a new health strategy across all
business units, which will build on our achievements to date and
continue to provide great tasting drinks, while further reducing the
average calorie content of our portfolio.
Read more about our health strategy and our approach to sustainability on page 22.
Our future prospects are very exciting. We have transformed our
business and created the conditions for success with a new culture.
We have a clear purpose and aspirational vision. Despite the
challenging market place everyone in the business is focused on the
delivery of our strategy. We continue to invest and have the plans in
place to ensure we can continue to grow the business and create
value for all of our stakeholders.
Simon Litherland
Chief Executive Officer
Fruit Shoot performed well, gaining value and volume share in the
market. During the year, we stopped selling the full sugar version
of Fruit Shoot, as part of our commitment to address public health
issues, and we continued to encourage children to get active with
our ‘skills’ campaign. Lipton Ice Tea drove growth in the emerging
cold/hot drinks category, which grew its market value by over 40%,
over the year. As consumers continued to focus on value, both when
shopping for home and on nights out, the premium juice drinks
category has been challenged. J20, which is a premium priced
brand, has seen some share decline, as a result of this trend.
In Ireland, we have a branded soft drinks business and a licensed
wholesale operation, called Counterpoint. The soft drinks market was
down, both in volume and value and we did lose some market share.
The carbonates category in particular was very competitive and saw
a significant amount of price-led promotions. A highlight of our
innovation programme in Ireland this year was the introduction of a
new Club Zero range with no added sugar, which is proving popular
with consumers. In November, we launched Counterpoint as a
standalone licensed wholesaler to supply the pub and club trade
across both the Republic of Ireland and Northern Ireland. Since its
launch it has added new categories, such as snacks and wine to
its range, allowing it to compete far more effectively.
Exploit global opportunities in
kids, family and adult categories
The international business has continued to grow and we are seeing
the benefits of our investment in the establishment of a standalone
business unit. In the USA we have made great progress with Fruit
Shoot achieving national distribution in the convenience and leisure
channels. We signed a 15 year franchise for Fruit Shoot with PepsiCo
who started to manufacture Fruit Shoot in the USA. Having signed an
agreement with the Narang Group in May 2013, we launched Fruit
Shoot in India in the summer. Narang is a well-established sales and
marketing business who distribute a range of leading brands across
India. With a dedicated production line in market we launched four
flavours that were developed specifically for the Indian consumer.
Distribution was achieved in the ten major cities that we targeted and
a consumer awareness campaign was launched in time for the Diwali
festival, including TV advertising.
In France, Fruit Shoot continued to grow, with the brand establishing
itself as the number one in the children’s juice drinks category. We
also transferred a production line from GB to France to supply Fruit
Shoot both to the French market and into Spain. We continued to
invest in Teisseire, the number one syrups brand in France. This year
we extended the pack range with the introduction of the PET “pump”
pack to drive greater usage of syrups. The early signs are very good
as it brings new households into the brand.
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationStrategic report 1414
Strategic report
making life’s everyday moments more enjoyable
a night out
with friends
15
Chief Financial
Officer’s review
In the period the group sold over
2 billion litres of soft drinks, an
increase of 1.5% on the previous year,
with Average Realised Price (ARP) of
63.0p, increasing by 1.0%. The group’s
revenue was £1,344.4m, up 2.4%
compared to last year, on a constant
currency basis.
The following is based on Britvic’s results for the 52 weeks ended 28 September 2014.
All numbers quoted are on a constant currency basis and are pre-exceptional and
other items, unless otherwise stated.
The focus has remained on building sustainable profit and margin improvement.
Both revenue growth and the delivery of the strategic cost initiatives have
contributed to the 17.3% growth in adjusted EBITA, to £161m, and the resulting
150 basis points (bps) improvement in operating margin to 12.0%. The strategic
cost initiative benefits have been realised in both brand contribution and in fixed
costs. In brand contribution we have seen the benefit of our disciplined revenue
management principles and the realisation of our procurement strategy. In fixed
costs we have seen the benefit from the closure of a number of facilities and the
consolidation of back office functions.
Whilst the poorer summer weather in each of our European markets did not help
our cause, we were able to deliver EBIT of £158.1m, marginally ahead of the
previous guidance, by achieving a higher in-year benefit from the cost savings.
A full list of definitions can be found on page 20.
a night out
with friends
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationStrategic report
16 Strategic report Chief Financial Officer’s review (continued)
GB Stills
Volume (millions litres)
ARP per litre
Revenue
Brand contribution
Brand contribution margin
52 weeks ended
28 September 2014
£m
52 weeks ended
29 September 2013
£m
% change
actual exchange rate
378.9
88.5p
335.2
159.4
47.6%
398.7
85.3p
340.1
154.5
45.4%
(5.0)
3.8
(1.4)
3.2
220bps
The GB stills category volume, as measured by Nielsen, was
marginally up this year. The driver of growth was plain water which
was up nearly 10%, a category which is not currently material for us.
Excluding water category volume was down 4%. Our volume decline
of 5% was primarily driven by two brands, J20 and Robinsons. J20
continued to be impacted by consumers seeking value, both at home
and dining out, whilst Robinsons lost volume share to own-label squash.
As part of our commercial change programme we have continued to
benefit from stronger revenue management disciplines this year. We
launched Robinsons Squash’d in the first half of the year, which had a
positive impact on ARP reflecting its price point and small 66ml bottle
size. Overall ARP increased by 3.8%, limiting the revenue decline to
1.4%. Brand contribution increased by 3.2% whilst margin improved
by 220 bps.
GB Carbonates
Volume (millions litres)
ARP per litre
Revenue
Brand contribution
Brand contribution margin
Whilst the GB carbonates category volume was down, we increased
volume by 4.4% with an increase in ARP of 1.3% as a result of
disciplined revenue management. This led to an impressive revenue
increase of 5.9%. Pepsi, led by Pepsi Max, was the key driver of
growth, and we saw revenue growth across all major pack formats,
including cans, PET and dispense in the leisure trade.
52 weeks ended
28 September 2014
£m
52 weeks ended
29 September 2013
£m
% change
actual exchange rate
1,204.7
47.1p
567.8
222.4
39.2%
1,153.9
46.5p
536.4
200.1
37.3%
4.4
1.3
5.9
11.1
190bps
This was supported by the successful execution of some exciting
marketing campaigns including the sponsorship of football
personalities and the Max “Unbelievable” campaign. Brand
contribution was up 11.1% and margin improved by 190bps.
France
Volume (millions litres)
ARP per litre
Revenue
Brand contribution
Brand contribution margin
52 weeks ended
28 September 2014
£m
52 weeks ended
29 September 2013
£m
% change
actual exchange rate
% change
constant exchange rate
273.6
93.2p
254.9
67.1
26.3%
272.1
94.9p
258.2
63.2
24.5%
0.6
(1.8)
(1.3)
6.2
0.6
0.6
1.2
8.9
180bps
180bps
In France soft drink market volumes were marginally up and our
volume increase was slightly ahead of the market. The poorer weather
in the summer had a particularly negative impact on the syrups
category. With both volume and ARP up 0.6%, revenue increased
1.2%. The major success story of the year was Fruit Shoot which
established itself as the number one brand in the category. We also
transferred a Fruit Shoot production line from GB to France.
Supply was limited whilst the line was commissioned, impacting both
France and other European markets. The line is now fully operational,
supplying France and Spain. Brand contribution was up 8.9% and
margin improved by 180bps.
Strategic report Chief Financial Officer’s review (continued)
17
Ireland
Volume (millions litres)
ARP per litre
Revenue
Brand contribution
Brand contribution margin
52 weeks ended
28 September 2014
£m
52 weeks ended
29 September 2013
£m
% change
actual exchange rate
% change
constant exchange rate
197.0
54.1p
128.3
47.0
36.6%
199.0
56.8p
136.9
49.0
35.8%
(1.0)
(4.8)
(6.3)
(4.1)
80bps
(1.0)
(2.9)
(4.5)
(1.7)
100bps
Note: Volumes and ARP include own-brand soft drinks sales and do not include factored product sales included within total revenue and brand contribution.
Market conditions in Ireland remained difficult with consumers
continuing to seek value amid a competitive trading environment. In
our branded business volume declined by 1.0% and ARP declined by
2.9%, resulting in revenue down 4.5%, on a constant currency basis.
This includes the impact of a revenue decline for our licensed
wholesale business, Counterpoint, primarily due to consumers
switching from packaged to draught beer, which we do not currently
sell. The brand contribution decline was limited to 1.7% with a
100bps improvement in margin. During the year as part of the
strategic cost initiatives, we consolidated back office functions into
GB as well as closing a depot and a call centre. The benefit of these
is realised in fixed costs rather than brand contribution.
International
Volume (millions litres)
ARP per litre
Revenue
Brand contribution
Brand contribution margin
52 weeks ended
28 September 2014
£m
52 weeks ended
29 September 2013
£m
% change
actual exchange rate
% change
constant exchange rate
44.3
131.4p
58.2
21.0
36.1%
43.2
116.4p
50.3
18.8
37.4%
2.5
12.9
15.7
11.7
2.5
14.0
16.9
12.3
(130)bps
(150)bps
Note: Concentrate sales are included in both revenue and ARP but do not have any associated volume.
International is now a fully established business unit, with
responsibility for both our export markets and our franchise markets.
In the Netherlands and Spain Fruit Shoot has continued to grow
revenue. There has been significant progress in our franchise markets
of the USA and India. In the USA we signed a 15 year distribution
agreement for Fruit Shoot with PepsiCo Americas Beverages (PAB)
and in India we launched Fruit Shoot this summer with our partner,
the Narang Group. Revenue was up 16.9%, with brand contribution
up 12.3%. Margin declined 150bps, reflecting the increased A&P
spend as we increased investment behind the USA and India.
Fixed Costs
Non-brand A&P
Fixed supply chain
Selling costs
Overheads and other
Total
Total A&P investment
A&P as a % of own-brand revenue
52 weeks ended
28 September 2014
£m
52 weeks ended
29 September 2013
£m
% change
actual exchange rate
(9.9)
(101.8)
(120.7)
(126.4)
(358.8)
(72.0)
5.4%
(7.3)
(100.7)
(124.5)
(118.1)
(350.6)
(70.3)
5.4%
(35.6)
(1.1)
3.1
(7.0)
(2.3)
(2.4)
-
Fixed costs increased by 2.3% to £358.8m. During the year the
benefit of the strategic cost initiatives, such as the factory closures in
GB and the consolidation of GB and Ireland back office functions,
was realised in fixed costs. We have invested in the establishment of
both the international business unit and the strategic marketing and
innovation function.
In addition we have increased both trade marketing spend, which is
reported in overheads, and non-brand A&P. This increased
investment is focused behind our strategic growth drivers, primarily in
the kids, family and adult categories. A&P spend increased by 2.4%
to £72.0m, with the percentage of revenue measure flat at 5.4%.
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationStrategic report 18 Strategic report Chief Financial Officer’s review (continued)
Exceptional and other items
In the period, we accounted for a net charge of £12.8m of pre-tax
(£10.2m post tax) exceptional and other costs. These include:
• Corporate exceptional items of £14.1m, relating to the
implementation of the strategic cost initiatives announced at
interims in May 2013. This is slightly lower than the previous
guidance of £17m. The balance will be realised in 2015.
• Other fair value movements gain of £2.3m. Within exceptional and
other items we include the fair value movement of financial
instruments where hedge accounting could not be applied. This
was made up of two items, a number of share swaps to satisfy our
employee incentive share schemes and interest-rate swaps.
• Write-off of unamortised finance fees of £1.0m related to the early
refinancing of the revolving credit facility.
The cash costs of exceptional and other items in the period were £18.9m.
Interest
The net finance charge before exceptional and other items for the
52 week period for the group was £25.2m compared with £26.9m
in the same period in the prior year, reflecting the lower debt profile
of the group and the benefit of the free cash flow generation.
Taxation
The tax charge before exceptional and other items was £33.0m
which equates to an effective tax rate of 24.8% (52 weeks ended
29 September 2013: 23.6%). The increase in the effective tax rate
reflects the increase in the French corporate tax rate during the period
and start-up losses incurred in some of the group’s International
expansion for which no tax relief is currently available. In 2013 the
group’s effective tax rate had benefited from the retranslation of its
deferred tax liability on the phased reduction in the UK corporate tax
rate. A comparable benefit is not available for 2014.
Earnings per share
Adjusted basic EPS for the period, excluding exceptional and other
items and acquisition related amortisation, was 41.8p, up 18.8% on
the same period last year (35.2p). Basic EPS (after exceptional and
other items charges post-tax) for the period was 36.5p compared
with 25.5p for the same period last year.
Dividends
The board is recommending a final dividend of 14.8p per share, an
increase of 13.8% on the dividend declared last year, with a total
value of £36.3m. The final dividend will be paid on 6 February 2015 to
shareholders on record as at 5 December 2014. The ex-dividend date
is 4 December 2014.
making life’s everyday moments more enjoyable
watching a movie
Strategic report Chief Financial Officer’s review (continued)
19
Pensions
At 28 September 2014, the IAS 19 (Revised) pension deficit in
respect of the group defined benefit pension schemes was £8.4m (29
September 2013: net deficit of £19.3m). The reduction in the deficit
was mainly due to better than expected investment performance and
employer contributions, which was partly offset by the higher liabilities
due to changes in the financial assumptions.
The defined benefit section of the GB plan was closed to new
members on 1 August 2002, and closed to future accrual for active
members from 10 April 2011, with new members being invited to join
the defined contribution scheme. The actuarial valuation of this
scheme as at 31 March 2013 has been completed without
committing additional employer contributions as the funding level has
improved since the 2010 actuarial valuation. In addition to the
valuation, Britvic has reached agreement with the trustees to move
the Plan’s assets towards an immunised portfolio by investing in debt
instruments. This will lead to the removal of equity risk from the Plan’s
assets and a reduction in the volatility of the funding level as a result
of having investments that better match the Plan’s liabilities.
John Gibney
Chief Financial Officer
Cash flow and net debt
Underlying free cash flow was a £88.9m inflow, compared to a
£103.5m inflow the previous year. Capital expenditure was £22.4m
higher than last year, largely as a result of the implementation of the
strategic initiatives. The increase in pension contributions was due to
the planned additional contributions in GB from the previous 2010
triennial valuation funding agreement. Overall adjusted net debt
reduced by over £21m and took our leverage to 1.9x EBITDA from
2.2x last year. The adjusted net debt (taking into account the foreign
exchange movements on the derivatives hedging our US Private
Placement debt) at 28 September 2014 was £380.9m, compared to
£402.3m at the end of last year.
Treasury management
The financial risks faced by the group are identified and managed by
a central treasury department, whose activities are carried out in
accordance with board approved policies and subject to regular Audit
and Treasury Committee reviews. The department does not operate
as a profit centre and no transaction is entered into for trading or
speculative purposes. Key financial risks managed by the treasury
department include exposures to movements in interest rates and
foreign exchange whilst managing the group’s debt and liquidity,
currency risk, interest rate risk and cash management. The group
uses financial instruments to hedge against interest rate and foreign
currency exposures.
On 20 February 2014, Britvic plc repaid US$102m and £25m of notes
in the United States private placement market (USPP). These notes
were repaid using funds received from the issuance of 2014 notes
(see below). The 2007 cross currency interest rate swap instruments
which had been designated as part of a cash flow hedge relationship
against the future cash flows associated with this maturing portion of
the 2007 notes, also matured on 20 February 2014.
On 20 February 2014, Britvic plc issued US$114m and £35m of
senior notes with maturities between 7 and 12 years in the United
States private placement market (the ‘2014 notes’). The proceeds
from the 2014 notes were principally used to repay amounts due in
relation to the maturity of certain tranches of the 2007 notes.
At 28 September 2014 the group has £920m of committed debt
facilities consisting of a £400m bank facility maturing in 2016 and a
series of private placement notes with maturities between 2014 and
2026. As part of securing the group’s medium term funding platform,
the £400m bank facility has been successfully refinanced with
improved terms, with a revised maturity of November 2019.
At 28 September 2014, the group’s unadjusted net debt of £419.0m
(excluding derivative hedges) consisted of £1.4m drawn under the
group’s committed bank facilities, £558.3m of private placement
notes, £3.6m of accrued interest and £0.3m of finance leases, offset
by net cash and cash equivalents of £143.3m and unamortised loan
issue costs of £1.3m. After taking into account the element of the fair
value of interest rate currency swaps hedging the balance sheet value
of the private placement notes, the group’s adjusted net debt was
£380.9m which compares to £402.3m at 29 September 2013.
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationStrategic report
20
Strategic report
Glossary
Key performance indicators
• Volume is defined as number of litres sold, excluding factored
• Underlying free cash flow is defined as net cash flow excluding
movements in borrowings, dividend payments and exceptional and
other items.
• Group adjusted net debt is defined as group net debt, adding back
the impact of derivatives hedging the balance sheet debt.
• Return on invested capital (ROIC) is defined as operating profit after
applying the tax rate for the period, stated before exceptional and
other items, as a percentage of invested capital. Invested capital is
defined as non-current assets plus current assets less current
liabilities, excluding all balances relating to interest bearing liabilities
and all other assets or liabilities associated with the financing and
capital structure of the group and excluding any deferred tax
balances and effective hedges relating to interest-bearing liabilities.
Others
• Where appropriate, comparisons are quoted using constant
exchange rates. Constant currency change removes the impact of
exchange rate movements during the period by retranslating prior
year foreign currency denominated results of the group at current
period exchange rates to aid comparability.
• All numbers quoted are pre-exceptional and other items, unless
otherwise stated.
brands sold by Counterpoint in Ireland. No volume is recorded in
respect of international concentrate sales.
• ARP is defined as average revenue per litre sold, excluding factored
brands and concentrate sales.
• Group revenue is defined as sales achieved by the group net of
price promotional investment and retailer discounts.
• Brand contribution is defined as revenue less material costs and all
other marginal costs that management considers to be directly
attributable to the sale of a given product. Such costs include
brand specific advertising and promotion costs, raw materials, and
marginal production and distribution costs.
• Brand contribution margin is a percentage measure calculated as
brand contribution, divided by revenue. Each business unit’s
performance is reported down to the brand contribution level.
• Group EBITA is defined as operating profit before exceptional and
other items and amortisation. Only amortisation attributable to
intangibles related to acquisitions is added back, in the period this
is £2.9m (2013: £2.9m as reported last year). EBITA margin is
EBITA as a proportion of group revenues.
• Group EBIT is defined as operating profit before exceptional and
other items. EBIT margin is EBIT as a proportion of group revenues.
• Adjusted earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing
adjusted earnings by the average number of shares during the
period. Adjusted earnings is defined as the profit/(loss) attributable
to ordinary equity shareholders before exceptional and other items
adjusted for the adding back of acquisition related amortisation.
Average number of shares during the period is defined as the
weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during
the period excluding any own shares held by Britvic that are used
to satisfy various employee share-based incentive programmes.
The weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue for
adjusted earnings per share for the period was 245.8m (2013:
243.2m).
21
making life’s everyday moments more enjoyable
keeping fit
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationStrategic report 22
Strategic report
Our sustainablity
performance
Sustainability is at the heart of
our business. We balance the
need to remain commercially
successful, with the need to
make a positive contribution to
society and limit our impact on
natural resources.
We measure our performance annually through
the Business in the Community CR Index. We are
proud of the progress we are making but there is
more to do. Last year we achieved a one star rating
as a result of our BITC CR Index submission. Our
ambition is to achieve four stars by 2020.
Find out more about our sustainable business programme at
www.britvic.com
If you would like a copy of our sustainable business report write to:
Director of Corporate Affairs
Britvic plc
Breakspear Park
Breakspear Way
Hemel Hempstead
HP2 4TZ
Our sustainability priorities
Consumer health
Consumer health is an issue in many of the markets in which we
operate. We believe that all of our drinks can be enjoyed as part of a
balanced diet and healthy lifestyle however we have continued to
support key voluntary initiatives, including the UK government’s Public
Health Responsibility Deal. In the past year we have withdrawn full
sugar Fruit Shoot from the UK market and we have continued to
promote our low calorie variants. In Ireland we launched Club Zero. In
addition we have continued to encourage active lifestyles through our
marketing campaigns, including our sponsorships of the Tour de
France and Wimbledon tennis championships and our Fruit Shoot
skills campaign for children.
We recognise that we can do more and in the past year have
launched a new health strategy across the business. Moving forward
we intend to take a leading role in the soft drinks industry in inspiring
and encouraging people to make informed choices to live healthier
and more active lives.
Among our future commitments, we intend to reduce the average
calories per serve across our portfolio by a further 20% by 2020. We
will use the power of our brands to inspire 20 million people to actively
play together and we will clearly label the calorie content on pack
anywhere in the world. We are also reviewing our marketing to
children policy and will be launching a new responsible marketing
code in the coming year.
Supporting our communities
This year our charitable donations totalled over £900,000 in cash, our
people’s time and product donations. We continued to partner
Cancer Research UK, our corporate partner chosen by our
employees and have raised funds for them via our monthly company
charity lottery, via donation stations and have run a number of site
fundraising days and events. We have also partnered young people’s
charity, Street League and sponsored a number of employability
academies with them. In Ireland, Ballygowan featured a cause related
marketing campaign for the Irish Cancer Society.
Our employees have made a significant contribution to local
communities by volunteering and supporting deserving causes. Our
community volunteering policy aims to support local communities by
encouraging employees to take two hours per month or up to three
paid days leave to volunteer. Our current employee participation rate
is 18%, and we are continually looking at developing new and exciting
ways to encourage more of our workforce to make a difference in this
way, including supporting our award winning educational initiatives at
our Britvic Learning Zones.
Creating a great place to work for our employees
Our people are key to the success of our business and we are
committed to making Britvic an inspiring place to be. All business
units took part in the Great Place to Work survey for the first time this
year and have plans in place to drive improvements.
Our employees are an important ‘community’ to us and we recognise
that a key component in maintaining work-life-balance is that employees
feel they have both the time and opportunity to take part in activities
that are outside of their daily role and that support them in enjoying
life’s everyday moments.
This year we created an Employee Community Fund to support
community and healthy lifestyle activities at each of Britvic’s GB sites.
The fund has been used for charity fundraising days, site family
events and onsite exercise classes or facilities. Our Beckton event
proved a big hit with employees and their families and succeeded in
raising more than £1,400 for our charity partner Cancer Research UK.
We also launched our Sustainable Business Awards to recognise and
reward those employees making a special effort to help us achieve
our goal of making a real difference to our communities and/or
helping us reduce our environmental impacts.
Strategic report Our sustainablity performance (continued)
23
Encouraging disadvantaged young people to
develop new skills
Our long standing commitment to helping disadvantaged young people
remained a key focus of our sustainable business strategy in 2014.
Through our Learning Zone programmes we continued to support
work-related learning with an award winning teacher training course in
enterprise, and a dedicated student course focusing on employability
skills for the 14+ age group. Since 2009 these have trained over 400
teachers and 12,000 students across our five Learning Zones.
Water stewardship
Responsible water use is a growing concern across the world with
increasing numbers of people without access to clean water. We
recognise we have a responsibility to manage our water use prudently
and have set long term water reduction targets. By 2020 we aim to
reach a water intensity ratio of 1.4, meaning for every litre of soft drink
we produce we use 1.4 litres of water. This year we have successfully
reduced our water intensity by 17.8% on last year, achieving 1.93
across the group. This achievement was a result of a renewed focus
on the importance of water conservation with numerous sites
investing in technology and monitoring equipment to better
understand our water use profile.
Climate change
The threat of climate change is ever present and this year we have
witnessed numerous unprecedented extreme weather events across
the globe, including the winter floods in the UK and extended
heatwaves in Australia and Brazil. These events act as a reminder of
how unpredictable our climate can be and how important it is to
minimise our contribution to climate change.
We are delighted to have achieved CarbonNeutral® business travel
certification provided by The CarbonNeutral Company. This year we
have successfully offset our GB business travel emissions (4,790 tonnes
of CO2), through two environmental projects which would not happen
without vital funding. Our emission reduction projects include a methane
capture project in China and a conservation project in the Amazon
rainforest.
We are committed to continuous emissions reductions and have set
ourselves a 20% reduction in direct greenhouse gas emissions ratio
by 2020. This year we successfully achieved a 9% absolute reduction
in Scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions and nearly a 7% reduction relative
to our production.
The table below sets out the quantities of greenhouse gas emissions
in tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2e) for the 52 weeks ended
28 September 2014. The table also contains last year’s emissions to
demonstrate our progress. Please note these figures have changed
since our last Annual Report disclosure as we have been through a
validation process.
We have reported on all of the emission sources required under the
Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Reports)
Regulations 2013. These sources fall within our consolidated financial
statement. We do not have responsibility for any emission sources
that are not included in our consolidated statement. Emissions
outside of our responsibility, including shared office locations and
those originating from our franchise partners, have been omitted from
our disclosure. We have used the GHG Protocol Corporate
Accounting and Reporting Standard (revised edition) and emission
factors from UK Government’s GHG Conversion Factors for Company
Reporting 2014.
Packaging/waste
Packaging, its use and ultimate disposal, is an important focus of our
sustainable business programme. We strive to reduce the
environmental impact of our packaging whilst ensuring our packaging
protects our products effectively.
We continue to support the Courtauld Commitment and adopt a zero
waste mindset at our sites. This year we have reduced the amount of
waste produced by 10% within our GB manufacturing sites and have
achieved a recycling rate of 90%. We continued to send zero waste
to landfill within GB.
Total Scope 1 & 2 CO2e emissions
Emissions from:
Scope 1: Combustion of fuel & operation of facilities
Scope 2: Electricity, heat, steam and cooling purchased
for our own use
Scope 3: Downstream transportation & distribution, business
travel, downstream leased assets (refrigeration portfolio)
Intensity measure:
2013-2014 Emissions
(Tonnes CO2e)
2012-2013 Emissions
(Tonnes CO2e)
60,669
17,965
42,704
66,756
22,402
44,354
111,431*
112,618*
* Excludes business travel for Ireland and
downstream transportation in France
* Excludes business travel for Ireland & France
and downstream transportation in France
Scope 1 & 2 emissions reported above normalised to per
thousand tonne of product output
32.5 Tonnes CO2e/1000 Tonne
produced
34.9 Tonnes CO2e/1000 Tonne
produced
Notes: 1. Emissions relate to those generated by our manufacturing and distribution sites in GB, Ireland and France.
2. Emissions outside of our responsibility and under the control of a third party have also been excluded.
i
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Strategic reportGovernanceOther informationStrategic report
24 Strategic report Our sustainablity performance (continued)
Responsible sourcing
Our responsible sourcing programme has been in place since 2011
and continues to ensure our products are sourced and manufactured
in a fair, ethical and environmentally responsible manner.
This year we have successfully embedded our responsible sourcing
programme within the procurement team, with buyers having clear
objectives for its delivery and have begun the process of extending
the programme through our supply chain. This year we successfully
achieved our target of 30% of high risk GB/Ireland direct suppliers
having ethical assessments completed.
Human rights
Our human rights policy is set out in our Ethical Business Policy. This
applies to our employees, our suppliers and partners and anyone
working on behalf of our business. It covers avoiding bribery and
corruption, conducting business with respect, integrity and equality
and managing personal activities and interests. It also covers
responsible trading and sets out our standards regarding human
rights, health & safety and environmental responsibilities and what we
expect of our suppliers and other trading partners, which are
monitored through our responsible sourcing programme.
We run a confidential whistle blowing hotline for anyone who is
concerned about a breach of the policy.
All our employees from the board down are trained and required to
complete an on-line test to ensure compliance to the policy.
Read our Ethical Business Policy at http://www.britvic.co.uk/en/
Sustainable-business/Policies-and-Reports/Ethical-Trading-
policy.aspx
Our sustainable business performance
Focus
FY14 Target
FY14 Performance
Consumer Health
Launch and embed our health strategy across
the business.
Deliver our public commitments to support
government’s voluntary initiatives.
Health strategy successfully deployed across
the business. All business units have health
strategy targets embedded into FY15 activity
plans.
UK Government’s Responsibility Deal pledges
all delivered and updated for FY14 and new
pledges around front of pack labelling put in
place.
Great place to work
Embed our new purpose, vision and values
across the business to support our Great Place
to Work ambitions.
New purpose, vision and values successfully
cascaded throughout the business with all
employees involved
Community relations
Train 200 teachers and 300 young people
through our Learning Zone programmes and
partnerships.
Water stewardship
Achieve a water intensity ratio of 1:9.
Climate change
5% reduction in carbon ratio against FY13.
131 teachers reached (200+ had signed up to
attend but failed to show). These 131 teachers
reached 3930 students with our resources.
We directly reached 397 students with our
programmes.
Achieved a 17.8% reduction, achieving 1.93
water intensity ratio across our manufacturing
sites
7% reduction achieved in Scope 1 & 2 carbon
emissions relative to tonnage produced.
More information can be found within the
Sustainable Business Report
Responsible sourcing
30% of high risk GB/IRL direct suppliers have
assessment conducted.
39% of high risk suppliers have a fully
completed the Sedex self-assessment.
Strategic report
25
making life’s everyday moments more enjoyable
sightseeing
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationStrategic report 26
27
making life’s everyday moments more enjoyable
cooling down
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationStrategic report 28
Strategic report
Our risks
Risk management
Refer to page 7 for Britvic’s risk management process.
Principal risks
The principal risks that could potentially have a significant impact on our business in the future are set out below, together with the actions
we are taking to mitigate these.
Risk
Mitigation
Soft drinks market
A change in consumer
preferences or the
economic environment
could reduce sales of
our brands
Consumer preferences evolve over time and in the
FMCG environment it is necessary to keep up with
consumer requirements and tastes and develop our
products to meet these. It is also necessary to
understand the impact that the economic environment
has on our consumers as, whilst our products are
relatively low value goods, they are non-essential items.
This could be particularly the case where we are
expanding into new international markets where the
soft drinks market dynamics and general economy are
different to those we are already operating in. Failure to
anticipate changing consumer needs could result in
consumers switching away from Britvic products.
We offer a range from everyday value to premium products
across a range of sub-categories and operate in a number of
different markets, therefore we are not reliant on the
preferences of one set of consumers. We closely monitor
consumer trends in order to anticipate changes in preferences
and match our offerings to these trends across our diversified
portfolio and markets. We regularly develop our current
products and aim to offer innovative new products to create
new sub-categories and generate consumer needs. The soft
drinks category has proven to be reasonably resilient and we
offer a range of everyday value products to meet the
consumer need for reduced spending. We match our soft
drinks offerings to the markets in which they are being sold.
Health and obesity
debate could reduce
sales of our products
There is currently a high level of media and government
scrutiny on health and obesity in our core markets; GB,
Ireland and France. ‘Sugary drinks’ are often cited as
one of the issues affecting national obesity levels in
media reports. Despite the fact that many of our
products are low calorie, negative reporting and lack
of understanding could result in consumers switching
away from our products or spending less on soft drinks.
A change in the retailer
landscape could impact
on our sales or margins
Whilst we have a wide range of customers in all
channels in our core markets, changes in shopper
behaviour and retailers could impact our sales or
margins.
A termination or variation
of the bottling and
distribution
arrangements with
PepsiCo could
significantly reduce our
business in GB and
Ireland
Our partnership with PepsiCo is an important part of
our business and our strategy going forward; we
currently bottle a number of Pepsico products in GB
and Ireland, including Pepsi and 7UP which make up a
significant proportion of our carbonated drinks portfolio
in these markets. At the end of the bottling agreements
(or earlier in specific circumstances) PepsiCo can
terminate our right to sell their brands.
We already offer a range of soft drinks, many of which are low
calorie products containing no sugar. Nutrition information is
shown on our products and, in GB, we have signed up to the
government’s front of pack labelling scheme. We continue to
actively consider the consumer health debate as part of our
strategy development and ensure that our product
development provides a range of lower calorie choices. We
believe that this will remain a risk for a business for the
foreseeable future but we are confident that we have the
appropriate strategies to manage this, including our
commitment to continue to reduce calories in our products
and encourage active lifestyles through our marketing activities.
With our broad portfolio and track record in innovation, we
equally consider this to be an opportunity for our business, as
we are well placed to meet consumers’ health needs, with
both our current portfolio and future innovations.
We operate across many different channels in our core
markets and continuously monitor consumer behaviour to
understand changing trends. We are adopting strategies that
will provide the flexibility to respond to the changing
landscape and consumer needs.
We place significant emphasis on developing our relationship
with PepsiCo, which includes maintaining an appropriate level
of communication between the two businesses to deal with
on-going operational issues. This is further strengthening
through the development of the Fruit Shoot franchise in the
US with PepsiCo and the independent Pepsi bottlers. The
addition of more PepsiCo products to the Britvic portfolio in
recent years demonstrates the strength of this relationship.
The bottling agreement for Ireland is due for renewal in
December 2015 and initial conversations have already
begun around the terms of this renewal.
Strategic report Our risks (continued)
29
Supply risks
Increasing commodity
demand and pricing
could impact our
profitability
Risk
Mitigation
We utilise a wide variety of commodities in our
products, many of which are subject to crop availability
and increasing demand from around the world. As a
result of this, there is a risk that we are not able to
source the products that we require when we would
like to, or we have to pay more than we planned to for
them. In addition, the market commodity prices could
fluctuate significantly which could impact on the
profitability of our products going forward.
We manage the risk associated with availability of supply
through a robust programme of understanding future
requirements, developing new sources and strategic partnerships
through our Procurement Transformation programme. In
addition, we ensure that sustainability of prime materials is a
key consideration in our product development process. We
aim to manage the impact of market price fluctuations through
sourcing much of our planned requirements through forward
contracts and hedging arrangements.
A product quality issue
leads to a recall and
significant cost
Loss of a key operational
site could reduce
product availability and
therefore sales
Our products are generally of very high quality and are
not high risk products for causing harm, however there
is a risk that a faulty or contaminated product is supplied
to the market. This could result in a costly product recall
and claims against the company if injury or damage is
caused.
A severe event could lead to the loss of use of a key
site of production or distribution.
We have robust quality control measures and processes in
place to maintain the high quality of our products supplied at
all times. These were further strengthened in response to the
Fruit Shoot recall in 2012.
We seek to maintain multiple sources of supply for our products
wherever possible. In addition, we review and manage the
resilience of our sites to significant events and put protection
in place where practical and beneficial to the business to do so.
Regulatory risks
Future regulations that
affect the sale of soft
drinks may impact our
profitability
There is a wide range of regulations that we are required
to comply with, ranging from controlling the content,
labelling and packaging of our products to the marketing
of them. Changes in these regulations in the markets in
which we operate could result in direct additional taxation
on our products, increased cost to produce our brands or
changes to the nature of the product such that is not as
desirable to the consumer, therefore reducing sales. In
addition, regulations may impact our ability to market or
sell certain products or engage with specific consumers.
Macro economic environment
Macro economic factors
could adversely impact
the business
We have a number of exposures as a result of changes
in the macro economic environment, particularly
counterparty credit risk through our banking relationships
and currency fluctuations. Whilst we are not directly
exposed to any high risk areas in the Eurozone, we
would be indirectly affected through the impact on
those that we deal with and the on the wider economy.
IT risks
A systems issue could
result in significant
disruption to the business
over a prolonged period
or permanent loss of
records and data if the
IT disaster recovery
plans are not adequate
Inadequate security
over the IT network
could result in data loss
or corruption
As Britvic has grown, both through acquisition and
organically, so has its reliance on IT systems to function,
a failure of which could halt production or the ability to
deliver goods. There are disaster recovery plans in place
should a catastrophic failure occur, however should
these prove to be inadequate this would result in
permanent loss of records and data that would have
a significant impact on our ability to operate.
All IT networks are at risk of unwanted access which
can have adverse consequences in terms of data
leakage or loss, or systems failures.
We proactively engage with the relevant authorities both
directly and through a number of trade organisations to
ensure we can fully participate in the future development
of legislation. We also continuously develop our product
portfolio and develop new products in anticipation of likely
regulatory requirements.
We closely monitor and manage our exposure to wider
economic factors to the extent that it is possible or beneficial
to do so, in particular, hedging our currency requirements. As
we grow our business through international expansion we will
be better protected from regional economic factors affecting
our European markets.
The management of our data centre has been outsourced
to a professional provider with both robust disaster recovery
and business continuity plans capable of meeting both our
current and future needs.
Much of system is now hosted by a professional provider
who is well set up to maintain robust cyber security. We review
our security processes at least annually and conduct penetration
tests to identify weaknesses and take corrective action.
The Strategic Report was approved by the board
of directors on 25 November 2014 and signed
on its behalf by:
Simon Litherland Chief Executive Officer
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationStrategic report
30
making life’s everyday moments more enjoyable
sharing secrets
31
02 Governance
33 Corporate governance report
34 Board of directors
43 Audit Committee
46 Nomination Committee
50 Remuneration Committee
51 Directors’ remuneration report
63 Annual report on remuneration
74 Directors’ report
76 Statement of directors’ responsibilities
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationGovernance
32
making life’s everyday moments more enjoyable
skateboarding
Governance
Governance
33
Corporate governance
report
Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee after
almost 8 years service since he was first elected by shareholders. The
board would like to thank Michael for his significant contribution and
support to the company during this time.
Silvia is a Non-Executive Director of NASDAQ-listed Sapient
Corporation, a global marketing and consulting services company,
headquartered in the US. Silvia brings marketing and international
experience to the board.
Your board is committed to remaining effective and recognises that to
do so it must ensure that it has the right balance of skills,
independence and knowledge of the company to enable it to
discharge its duties and responsibilities. I am delighted that both of
the above appointments have further strengthened the skills,
experience and diversity of the board by bringing in further
manufacturing/FMCG, financial, international and marketing expertise.
Further details on the board’s succession planning activities, and the
steps it is taking to develop its policy on diversity, are discussed in my
Nomination Committee Report on page 47.
Details of the directors’ biographies are set out on pages 34 and 35.
Board evaluation
Evidence of the impact that the refreshing of skills on the board and
its committees can been seen in the outputs of this year’s board
evaluation, details of which are summarised on page 41.
Fair, balanced and
understandable
During the year the board reviewed the requirement for directors to
make a statement that they consider the annual report and accounts,
taken as a whole, to be fair, balanced and understandable. As part of
this review, we received an early draft of the annual report to have
enough time to review and comment. The Audit Committee met to
consider the criteria for a fair, balanced and understandable annual
report and to review the processes underpinning the compilation and
assurance of the report, in relation to the financial and non-financial
information. The board then considered the annual report as a whole
being mindful of the new UK reporting requirements to ensure
consistency between the narrative sections and the financial
statements.
The board’s statement on the report is outlined on page 76.
Dear Shareholder,
As I mentioned in my Chairman’s
statement earlier in this report,
this has been a year of significant
activity under the leadership of
Simon Litherland, our Chief
Executive Officer. The board has
been busy supporting the
business in ensuring that the
appropriate structures are in
place to position the business to
achieve its strategic plan.
This includes ensuring good governance, managing risk and adding
value to our business. As such, the board continues to be committed
to high standards of corporate governance and supports the
principles laid down in the UK Corporate Governance Code published
in September 2012 by the Financial Reporting Council (‘the Code’).
The Corporate Governance Report which follows sets out the
activities of the board and its committees and how we conduct our
operations in line with the Code’s provisions and other accepted
principles of good corporate governance.
Changes to board composition
As part of the succession plans I shared with you last year, we
welcomed Ian McHoul and Silvia Lagnado as Non-Executive Directors
to the board on 10 March and 2 June 2014, respectively.
Gerald Corbett
Chairman
25 November 2014
Ian is the Chief Financial Officer of Amec Foster Wheeler plc, a
FTSE 100-listed company, a position he has held since 2008. Ian
replaced Michael Shallow, who stepped down on 1 July 2014 as a
i
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t
G
G
o
o
v
v
e
e
r
r
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
e
e
i
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Other information
34
Governance
Governance
Board of Directors
Gerald Corbett
Non-Executive Chairman and
Chairman of the Nomination Committee
Appointed in 2005
Over a long business career, Gerald has been
a director of 12 public companies, six of
which he has chaired. His most recent roles
were as Chairman of Moneysupermarket.
com Group plc between 2007-2014 and of
SSL International plc between 2005-2010.
His executive career included Group Finance
Director roles with Redland plc and Grand
Metropolitan plc, and he was Chief Executive
of Railtrack between 1997-2000.
Committee membership:
Nomination (Chairman); Remuneration
Other appointments:
Betfair Group plc (Chairman);
Numis Corporation plc
(Non-Executive Chairman)
Simon Litherland
Chief Executive Officer
Appointed in 2013
John Gibney
Chief Financial Officer
Appointed in December 2005
John Gibney was appointed Finance Director
in 1999 and is responsible for finance, legal,
estates, risk management, quality, safety and
environment and procurement. He is also
Chairman of Counterpoint, the Britvic
licenced wholesale business for Ireland.
Prior to joining Britvic, he was Senior
Corporate Finance & Planning Manager for
Bass PLC, and prior to that role, Finance
Director and subsequently Deputy Managing
Director of Gala Clubs.
Committee membership:
Executive Team
Other appointments:
Interactive Screen Media Limited
(Joint Venture)
Simon is responsible for overseeing the
delivery of the company’s business strategy.
He joined Britvic in September 2011, initially
as Managing Director of Britvic GB.
Prior to this, he had a career spanning 20
years with Diageo. His last role was MD of
Diageo Great Britain, having previously run
Diageo’s businesses in South Africa, Ireland
and Central and Eastern Europe. During his
time at Diageo, Simon was responsible for
an extensive portfolio of brands including
Guinness, Johnnie Walker, Baileys, Smirnoff
and Captain Morgan. In his earlier career he
held a variety of International Finance Director
roles in Diageo, IDV and Grand Metropolitan.
Simon qualified as a Chartered Accountant with
Deloittes in South Africa having gained a business
degree at the University of Cape Town.
Committee membership:
Executive Team
Other appointments:
The British Soft Drinks Association
i
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t
G
G
o
o
v
v
e
e
r
r
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
e
e
i
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
Governance Board of Directors (continued)
Governance Board of Directors
Governance Board of Directors (continued)
35
35
Joanne Averiss
Non-Executive Director
Appointed in 2005
Silvia Lagnado
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed in 2014
Joanne is the Pepsi Group Nominee Director.
She has been a member of the Pepsi Group
legal department since 1990, holding a series
of positions in the UK and the US and is
currently Senior Vice President Law, General
Counsel, Europe with legal responsibility for
all of the Pepsi Group’s business within its
Europe sector.
Silvia was Chief Marketing Officer of Bacardi
Limited from 2010 to 2012. Prior to her role
at Bacardi, Silvia held numerous executive
leadership positions at Unilever across the
UK, the USA and Brazil over a period of more
than 20 years, latterly being Executive Vice
President of the savoury business unit, based
in London.
Committee membership: None
Committee membership: None
Other appointments:
Sapient Corporation (US)
(Non-Executive Director),
Nuelle INC (US) (Non-Executive Director);
Natura Cosmeticos (Brazil)
(Non-Executive Director)
Other appointments:
The Mesen Educational Trust
(Trustee and Chair)
Ian McHoul
Independent Non-Executive Director and
Chairman of the Audit Committee
Appointed in 2014
Ian succeeded Michael Shallow as Chairman
of the Audit Committee when Michael stepped
down from the board on 1 July 2014.
Ian was Finance Director of Scottish &
Newcastle plc and Finance and Strategy
Director of the Inntrepreneur Pub Group Ltd,
and spent 10 years with Foster’s Brewing
Group in a variety of roles. He was a
Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the
Audit Committee of Premier Foods plc
between 2004 and 2013, the last year of
which he was also the Senior Independent
Director.
Committee membership:
Audit (Chairman); Nomination; Remuneration
Other appointments:
Amec Foster Wheeler plc
(Chief Financial Officer)
Bob Ivell
Senior Independent Director and
Chairman of the Remuneration
Committee
Appointed in 2005
Bob has over 30 years experience in the food
and beverage industry, holding executive roles
with Regent Inns plc, Scottish & Newcastle plc
and Whitbread plc. He was previously chairman
of David Lloyd Leisure Limited, Park Resorts
Group Limited, Next Generation Clubs Pacific
and a Non-Executive Director of The
Restaurant Group plc.
Committee membership:
Remuneration (Chairman); Audit; Nomination
Other appointments:
Mitchells & Butlers plc
(Non-Executive Chairman);
Carpetright plc (Non-Executive Chairman);
AGA Rangemaster Group plc
(Senior Independent Director)
Ben Gordon
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed in 2008
Ben was the former Chief Executive of
Mothercare plc and former Senior Vice
President and Managing Director of Disney
Store, Europe and Asia Pacific. He has also
held senior management positions with
WHSmith group in the UK and the USA and
L’Oreal S.A. in France and in the UK. Ben has
an MBA from INSEAD and is a Member of
the Institution of Civil Engineers.
Committee membership:
Audit; Nomination; Remuneration
Other appointments:
St. Ives plc (Non-Executive Director);
Powerleague Group Limited (Chairman);
Canal & River Trust (Trustee)
From left to right:
Ben Gordon, John Gibney,
Joanne Averiss, Simon Litherland,
Gerald Corbett, Bob Ivell,
Silvia Lagnado, Ian McHoul
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationGovernance
36 Governance Board of Directors (continued)
Compliance with the UK
corporate governance code
The board supports the principles laid down in The UK Corporate
Governance Code as issued by the Financial Reporting Council in
September 2012, which applies to financial years beginning on or
after 1 October 2012 (‘the Code’) and is available at www.frc.org.uk
This report describes how the principles of the Code are applied and
reports on the company’s compliance with the Code’s provisions.
The board considers that it has been in compliance with the provisions
of the Code throughout the year ended 28 September 2014.
2014 board programme
The board met ten times during the year in accordance with its
scheduled meeting calendar. The attendance by each board member
at scheduled meetings is shown on page 42. The board agenda
included standing items as well as ‘deep dive’ reviews of key issues
for the business, including the major projects the company initiated to
implement the strategic plan as set out in the Strategic Report on
pages 1 to 29. Board meetings were held at the head office in Hemel
Hempstead except two meetings which were held off-site at the
company’s manufacturing facilities in Dublin, Ireland and in Crolles,
France.
Governance framework
Shareholders
2,598 shareholders
as at 28 September 2014
Board
Non-Executive Chairman
2 Executive Directors
5 Non-Executive Directors
Nomination Committee
Audit Committee
Remuneration Committee
3 Non-Executive Directors
3 Non-Executive Directors
Non-Executive Chairman,
3 Non-Executive Directors
Primary responsibility for succession
planning, board/director selection
and board composition
Provides oversight and governance
over the group’s annual reporting,
internal controls, risk management
and relationship with external auditors
Committee Report page 46 and 47
Committee Report pages 43 to 45
Executive Management Level Committees
Agrees remuneration policy and sets
individual compensation levels for
directors and senior management
Committee and Directors’
Remuneration Reports pages 50 to 72
Executive
Team
Sustainable
Business
Committee
Health, Safety
& Wellbeing
Committee
Treasury
Committee
Pensions
Committee
Share
Allotment
Committee*
Architecture
Group*
Incident
Management
Committee*
*Meets as and when required
Governance Board of Directors (continued)
37
The board
The board of directors currently has eight members, comprising the
Non-Executive Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial
Officer, four independent Non-Executive Directors and the PepsiCo
nominated Non-Executive Director. At all times there has been at least
half of the board, excluding the Chairman, who are independent
Non-Executive Directors, in compliance with the Code.
Board committees
The board is assisted by three board committees (as shown in the
above governance framework diagram) to which it delegates specific
responsibilities. Each committee has full terms of reference that have
been approved by the board and which can be found on our website
at britvic.com/corporate-governance.aspx
Company Secretary
The Company Secretary maintains a record of attendance at board
meetings and committee meetings, further details of which are set out
on page 42 and within the respective committee reports between
pages 43 and 72. The Company Secretary’s other responsibilities
include ensuring good information flows to the board and its
committees and between senior management and the Non-Executive
Directors, advising the board on all legal and corporate governance
matters and assisting the Chairman in ensuring that the Directors
have suitably tailored and detailed induction and ongoing professional
development programmes.
The role of the Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer
The Chairman is primarily responsible for the workings of the board;
to ensure that its strategic and supervisory role is achieved and for
ensuring effective communication with shareholders.
The Chairman works closely with the Chief Executive Officer to ensure
that the strategies and actions agreed by the board are implemented
and provides support and appropriate advice to the Chief Executive
Officer. The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for the day to day
management of the business, developing the group’s strategic
direction for consideration and approval by the board and
implementing agreed strategy. He is supported by the other members
of his executive team.
The different roles of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer are
acknowledged. A responsibility statement for each of those roles has
been agreed with the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer,
respectively, and adopted by the board.
During the year the Chairman met with the Non-Executive Directors
without the Executive Directors present to evaluate their performance
and the Non-Executive Directors met without the Chairman present,
to evaluate his performance.
The directors
The biographical details of the board members are set out on pages
34 and 35. All of the directors bring strong judgement to the board’s
deliberations. They have all occupied, or occupy, senior positions in
UK and/or international companies (including listed companies) and
have substantial experience across a range of businesses. Other than
their fees, which are disclosed on page 66, the Non-Executive
Directors received no remuneration from the company during the
year. They also do not participate in any of the group’s pension
schemes or in any of the group’s bonus, share option or other
incentive schemes.
Re-election of directors
The company’s articles of association provide that all directors will
stand for re-election at least every three years but in order to comply
with the Code, all of the directors submit themselves for re-election at
each annual general meeting (‘AGM’).
The role of the board
The board is responsible for the long term success of the company,
corporate governance, strategy, risk management and financial
performance. The board normally meets ten times each financial year
and has a formal schedule of matters reserved to it for decision
making, including responsibility for the overall management and
performance of the group and the approval of its long term objectives
and commercial strategy, approval of annual and interim results,
annual budgets, material acquisitions and disposals, material
agreements and major capital commitments, approval of treasury
policies, and assessment of its going concern position.
Board members are given appropriate documentation in advance of
each board or committee meeting. This includes a detailed report on
current trading and comprehensive briefing papers on matters where
the board will be required to reach a decision. Senior executives
below board level attend board meetings where appropriate to
present business updates.
There is an established procedure for the preparation and review by
the board of the annual budget. The business reports monthly on its
performance against its agreed budget. The board receives a monthly
update on performance and reviews any significant variances at each
of its meetings. All major investment decisions are usually subject to
post-completion reviews. At least one of the board’s regular meetings
every year is devoted to reviewing and agreeing the company’s
long-term strategy.
Executive Management Level Committees
Executive
Sustainable
Health, Safety
Treasury
Team
Business
Committee
& Wellbeing
Committee
Committee
Pensions
Committee
Share
Allotment
Committee*
Architecture
Incident
Group*
Management
Committee*
*Meets as and when required
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationGovernance 38 Governance Board of Directors (continued)
Executive Team
The board has delegated appropriate
responsibilities to the Executive Team, the
membership of which is shown below. The
Executive Team meets 11 times a year and is
responsible for the day-to-day running of the
business, carrying out agreed strategy and
implementing specific board decisions
relating to the operation of the group.
In addition, there are a number of committees
which meet to consider various issues
involved in the day-to-day management of
Britvic and matters for recommendation to
the board and its committees. Details of
these committees are set out within the
governance framework diagram.
Simon Litherland
Chief Executive Officer
See full biography on page 34.
John Gibney
Chief Financial Officer
See full biography on page 34.
Doug Frost
HR, IT & Change Director
Doug Frost was appointed Human Resources
Director in 2004. He has since also assumed
responsibility for IT and more recently the
newly established Programme Management
Office. Doug previously worked for 15 years
with Mars Incorporated in positions in
manufacturing, sales and human resources.
He started his career in the UK, then worked
across several continental European markets
and latterly spent several years in Latin America.
Kevin Donnelly
Country Director, Britvic Ireland
Kevin joined Britvic Ireland in September 2008
as Marketing Director and was appointed
Country Director in June 2013. He has over
25 years experience in sales, marketing and
general management in FMCG companies,
including Unilever and Dairygold. Kevin holds
a First Class Honours Degree in Marketing
from Trinity College Dublin and a Post
Graduate Diploma in Digital Marketing.
Paul Graham
GB General Manager
Paul has worked in the FMCG industry for 20
years holding a number of commercial roles
across Mars Confectionery, United Biscuits
and joined Britvic in September 2012. He was
appointed to the role of GB General Manager
in July 2013 and is currently supporting the
change programme within the GB business
to create a category led commercial
organisation, with focus on innovation and
great customer management. Paul has a
BSc in Management Sciences from the
University of Manchester.
Simon Stewart
International Managing Director
Simon joined Britvic in 2008 as Group
Marketing Director from EMAP, where he was
Chief Marketing Officer. Simon began his
marketing career with the Coca-Cola Company
in Australia and over eight years operated
across brand management and strategic
development. Simon was based in Sydney and
Atlanta before finally moving on to Marketing
Services for the South Pacific region. He then
moved to Diageo where he ultimately became
Vice President Marketing for the Smirnoff brand.
Simon subsequently joined Allied Domecq as
Senior Vice President of Marketing where he
was responsible for global marketing of the
Allied Domecq brands, moving to the position
of Chief Marketing Officer in his final year with
the company.
Clare Thomas
General Counsel and Company Secretary
Clare Thomas joined the group as General
Counsel and Company Secretary in September
2013 and has responsibility for the legal, audit
and risk, company secretarial, estates and
plc quality, safety and environment teams.
Clare has a corporate and commercial legal
background and prior to joining Britvic spent
15 years as a corporate / M&A lawyer at law
firm Addleshaw Goddard LLP, including six
years as a partner, with a particular focus on
FMCG clients.
Governance Board of Directors (continued)
39
Jean-Luc Tivolle
Managing Director, Britvic France
Jean-Luc Tivolle was appointed Managing
Director of Britvic France 2010, after 14 years
as Vice-Chairman of Fruité Entreprises, which
was acquired by Britvic at that time. Prior to
this, he held senior roles in Tetra Pak and a
variety of positions at Chocolat Poulain
(Cadbury Schweppes Group).
Matt Barwell
Chief Marketing Officer
Matt is responsible for Britvic’s global marketing,
innovation and sustainability strategies. He
joined Britvic from Diageo in 2013 where he
held a number of senior positions over 15
years including Marketing and Innovation
Director, Africa. Matt started his career with
Mars where he worked for 10 years in both
the confectionary and pet food businesses.
Senior independent director
The Senior Independent Director is available
to shareholders if they have concerns which
are not resolved through the normal channels
of Chairman, Chief Executive Officer or Chief
Financial Officer, or for which such contact is
inappropriate.
From left to right:
John Gibney, Doug Frost,
Simon Stewart, Paul Graham,
Simon Litherland, Jean-Luc Tivolle,
Clare Thomas, Matt Barwell,
Kevin Donnelly
Tenure of Non-Executive
Directors
The Code provides that the length of tenure is a factor to consider when
determining the independence of Non-Executive Directors. The table
below shows the tenure and independence of each of our Non-Executive
Directors since the date of their first election by shareholders.
Date first
elected by
shareholders
Years from
first election
to 2015 AGM
Considered
to be
independent
by the board
Gerald Corbett
January 2007
Joanne Averiss
January 2007
Ben Gordon
January 2009
Bob Ivell
January 2007
Ian McHoul3
Silvia Lagnado4
-
-
8
8
6
8
-
-
1
No2
Yes2
Yes2
Yes2
Yes2
Notes:
1 The company considers that, on appointment, the Chairman was independent for
the purposes of provision A.3.1 of the Code.
2. Joanne Averiss is Senior Vice President Law, General Counsel, Europe of Pepsico
and is the PepsiCo d Non-Executive Director. Accordingly she is not considered to
be independent by the board. In addition to her fiduciary obligations to act in the
best interests of the company, Joanne Averiss is required under her letter of
appointment to discharge her duties in the interests of the company
notwithstanding her connection with PepsiCo. With the exception of Joanne
Averiss, the Non-Executive Directors are all independent of management and free
from any business or other relationship, including those relationships and
circumstances referred to in provision B.1.1 of the Code that could materially
interfere with the exercise of independent and objective judgement.
3. Appointed on 10 March 2014 and will stand for election at the AGM.
4. Appointed on 2 June 2014 and will stand for election at the AGM.
Service contracts and letters of
appointment
Details of the Executive Directors’ service contracts and the
Chairman’s and the Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment
are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 72. The
letters of appointment of Gerald Corbett, Joanne Averiss, Ben Gordon
and Bob Ivell have been extended for a further three year term to 14
December 2017 with the exception of Ben Gordon whose letter of
appointment runs to 14 April 2017. This will allow the board time to
successfully recruit successors for both Bob and Gerald, in due
course, and to enable a sufficient handover. These documents are
available for inspection at the registered office of the company during
normal business hours and at the AGM.
Conflicts of interest
The company’s articles of association allow the board to authorise
potential conflicts of interest that may arise and to impose limits or
conditions, as appropriate. Any decision of the board to authorise a
conflict of interest, whether matter-specific or situational, is only
effective if it is agreed without the participation of the conflicted
director(s), and in making such a decision, as always, the directors
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationGovernance 40 Governance Board of Directors (continued)
must act in a way they consider in good faith will be most likely to
promote the success of the company. The company has an
established procedure whereby actual or potential conflicts of interest
are reviewed annually and for the appropriate authorisation to be
sought prior to the appointment of any new director or if a new
conflict arises. The board authorised, as a potential conflict of interest,
the Chairman’s appointment as a member of the Advisory Committee
of Spencer Stuart, whom the Nomination Committee, having also
received a presentation from another service provider, had appointed
during the year for the purpose of recruiting the two newly appointed
Non-Executive Directors and, more recently, to assist with the search
for a successor to the Senior Independent Director.
Induction and development
The Chairman is responsible for preparing and co-ordinating an
induction programme for newly appointed directors, including
presentations from senior management on different aspects of the
business, as well as guidance on their duties, responsibilities and
liabilities as a director of a listed company. Business familiarisation
involves directors visiting sites in the UK, Ireland and France. The
Non-Executive Directors are encouraged to visit group manufacturing
sites to enable them to gain a greater understanding of the group’s
activities and to meet senior managers throughout the business.
Every director has access to appropriate training as required
subsequent to his appointment and is encouraged to develop his
understanding of the company. To strengthen the directors’
knowledge and understanding of the company, board meetings
regularly include updates and briefings on specific areas of the
company’s activities and board meetings, where possible, are held
offsite at other Britvic sites.
Following Ian McHoul’s and Silvia Lagnado’s appointments to the
board, the Company Secretary arranged a comprehensive induction
programme for each. The programme was tailored based on their
experience and background and the requirements of their roles. For
Silvia, a one-to-one meeting was arranged with our external legal
advisors to discuss the duties and requirements of being a UK listed
company director. Acknowledging Ian’s in-depth understanding of the
UK company listing regime, his induction focused primarily on his role
as a director and the role of the board in general. Both inductions
included one-to-one meetings with members of the Executive Team
and with the Director of plc Finance and Investor Relations.
Independent advice
The board has approved a procedure for directors to take
independent professional advice at the company’s expense if
necessary. No such advice was sought by any director during the
year. In addition, the directors have direct access to the advice and
services of the Company Secretary.
Independence
In light of the performance review, the board considers the performance
of each director to be effective and has concluded that the board and
its committees provide the leadership and control required. Tenure is
just one indicator of potential non-independence and the experience
and knowledge of Bob Ivell, who has served on the board for almost
eight years since his first election by shareholders, will be important in
facilitating a structured handover and in providing continuity during
the search for and following the appointment of his successor.
Indemnification of directors
In addition to the indemnity granted by the company to directors in
respect of their liabilities incurred as a result of their office in
accordance with our articles of association, we maintain a directors’
and officers’ liability insurance policy throughout the year. Neither our
indemnity nor the insurance provides cover in the event that a director
has proven to have acted dishonestly or fraudulently.
Internal control
The board has overall responsibility for the group’s system of internal
control and risk management and for reviewing its effectiveness. In
discharging that responsibility, the board confirms that it has established
the procedures necessary to apply the Code, including clear operating
procedures, lines of responsibility and delegated authority. These
procedures have been in place since the company listed and are
regularly reviewed by the board.
Business performance is managed closely and the board and the
executive team have established processes, as part of the normal
good management of the business, to monitor:
• Strategic plan achievement, through a regular review of progress
towards strategic objectives;
• Monitoring and maintenance of insurance cover to insure all risk
areas of the group;
• Financial performance, within a comprehensive financial planning
and accounting framework, including budgeting and forecasting,
financial reporting, analysing variances against plan and taking
appropriate management action;
• Capital investment and asset management performance, with
detailed appraisal, authorisation and post investment reviews; and
• Principal risks and risk management processes, which accords with
the Turnbull guidance published by the FRC in October 2005 and is
supported by reports from the Director of Internal Audit and Risk
that the significant risks faced by the group are being identified,
evaluated and appropriately managed, having regard to the balance of
risk, cost and opportunity. The board has delegated the management
of risk to the executive team, chaired by the Chief Executive Officer,
which reviews the risk register on a quarterly basis, and reports to
the Audit Committee.
Management, with the assistance of the finance function, is
responsible for the appropriate maintenance of financial records and
processes that ensure all financial information is relevant, reliable, in
accordance with the applicable laws and regulations, and distributed
both internally and externally in a timely manner. A review of the
consolidation and financial statements is completed by management
to ensure that the financial position and results of the group are
appropriately recorded, circulated to members of the board and
published where appropriate. All financial information published by the
group is subject to the approval of the board, on the recommendation
of the Audit Committee.
Governance Board of Directors (continued)
41
Board performance evaluation
2013 Evaluation
Recommendations
Actions agreed and delivered in 2013-14
Increase focus on Non-Executive
succession planning and also executive
talent management.
Two new Non-Executive Director appointed during 2014. A refresh
of the talent and succession management process within the
organisation has also commenced.
Revisit the board skills matrix and match
candidate specifications to the new
strategy.
Job profiles created and matched with candidate profiles for two
new Non-Executive Director appointments which included additional
FMCG and international skills.
Ensure development plans and detailed
induction processes for new directors are
put in place.
Appropriately detailed and individually tailored induction plans were
agreed with, and implemented for, each of the new Non-Executive
Directors.
Create more opportunities for the Non-
Executive Directors to interact more
frequently with senior management
outside of board meetings.
Create more opportunities for the board
to discuss significant risks at board
meetings, particularly in relation to the
operational side of the business.
Board lunches are now held on board meeting days (at head office
and off-site at Britvic sites) to which members of the Executive Team
and other senior management are invited.
A significant improvement to risk articulation has been made and
more time is now allocated to risk on the board agenda.
Improve the content and timeliness of
circulating board papers in advance of
board and committee meetings.
The quality of pre-reads has improved to include deeper analysis and
review. The Secretariat is also reviewing electronic board portals to
support a more efficient process for circulation of board papers.
2014 Evaluation
Recommendations
Actions agreed in 2014
Continue to focus on succession planning
for a successor to the Senior Independent
Director and other key positions and on
talent management development.
Opportunities to develop relationships
amongst board members and Non-
Executive Directors to spend more time in
the business, including trade visits.
The recruitment process is underway to find a successor to Bob
Ivell. The Nomination Committee is also keeping the Chairman’s
succession under review.
Informal occasions when the board can be together without the
management present are being arranged as well as trade visits for the
Non-Executive Directors.
Request for more updates on the board
committee activities.
More time to be spent on board agenda, updating members of the
board on the activities of the committees.
Each year the performance of the board, its committees and directors
is evaluated. As required by the Code, every third year the evaluation
should be conducted by an external adviser. Following the externally
facilitated evaluation in 2013, the board felt it was appropriate to
conduct an internal board and committee review in 2014.
The 2014 evaluation was led by the Chairman with the assistance of
the Company Secretary. The appraisal questionnaires used in the
process were wide-ranging and based on questions outlined in the
Code, covering both the performance of the board and its committees
and that of the Chairman. The questions were designed to encourage
broad discussions on the performance and effectiveness of the board
and its procedures as well as the effectiveness of the Chairman.
The appraisal output is used to identify strengths and development
areas and confirmed that the board and its committees were operating
effectively. Individual performance was also appraised by the Chairman
following a meeting with each of the other directors.
The findings were presented to the board and the Nomination
Committee together with a proposed action plan. The balance
between the Board and its committees was felt to be appropriate and
no changes in this area were identified outside of the rotation of
directors agreed as part of the board’s ongoing succession planning.
A table of actions arising from this and the prior year’s performance
evaluation is set out above and progress against these actions will be
monitored by the board throughout the year.
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationGovernance 42 Governance Board of Directors (continued)
Risk management process
Britvic operates a robust risk management process that has been
further strengthened over recent years. Further details can be found
on page 7. Through its monitoring processes, the board has
conducted a review of the effectiveness of the system of internal
control during the year. The system of internal control is designed to
manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve business
objectives and it must be recognised that it can only provide
reasonable and not absolute assurance against material misstatement
or loss. In that context, the review, in the opinion of the board, did not
indicate that the system was ineffective or unsatisfactory and the
board is not aware of any change to this status up to the date of
approval of this report.
Shareholder Engagement
Investor Relations
The board is committed to maintaining good communications with
shareholders. Senior executives, including the Chairman, Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, have regular dialogue
with individual institutional shareholders in order to develop an
understanding of their views which is then discussed with the board.
All directors are offered the opportunity to meet with major
shareholders to listen to their views and, in addition to a monthly
report prepared by the Chief Financial Officer, receive regular reports
prepared by an independent capital markets advisory firm which
provides comprehensive information relating to the company’s major
shareholders.
Attendance at meetings of the
board
The attendance of directors at board meetings during the year was as
follows:
Membership and attendance
Number of meetings
attended/held
Gerald Corbett
Simon Litherland
Joanne Averiss
John Gibney
Ben Gordon
Bob Ivell
Ian McHoul1
Silvia Lagnado1
Michael Shallow2
10/10
10/10
10/10
9/10
10/10
10/10
6/6
3/3
8/8
Notes:
1. Meetings attended by Ian McHoul and Silvia Lagnado subsequent to their
appointments on 10 March and 2 June 2014, respectively.
2. Meetings attended by Michael Shallow up until his date of resignation on 1 July 2014.
The board scheduled 10 meetings during the year excluding ad hoc
conference calls and committee meetings to approve the financial
results.
Presentations are made to analysts, investors and prospective
investors covering the annual and interim results and the company
seeks to maintain a dialogue with the various bodies which monitor
the company’s governance policies and procedures. The Strategic
Report set out on pages 1 to 29 details the financial performance of
the company as well as setting out the risks it faces.
Private Investors
We are keen to hear the views of our private shareholders and we
encourage them to use our shareholder mailbox (investors@britvic.
co.uk) for detailed inquiries and to access our website for our
company reports and business information. The website also
provides direct access to Shareview (www.Shareview.co.uk) which
enables shareholders to manage their shareholding account online.
Specific inquiries to the Company Secretary may be sent to the
Secretariat mailbox (company.secretariat@britvic.co.uk) or sent to the
registered office.
At the AGM, the Chief Executive Officer gives a regular update on the
positioning and outlook for the business. Shareholders are invited to
ask questions formally during the meeting and to follow up these
discussions with directors on a one to one basis afterwards. The
chairmen of the board committees and the Senior Independent
Director are present and available to respond to questions at the
AGM. We look forward to welcoming all our shareholders to our 2015
AGM in January and to updating them on our business
developments.
Governance
43
Audit Committee
Objective
To provide independent scrutiny of the group’s financial reporting, the
internal control environment and processes in place to monitor this,
the adequacy of the risk management framework and the activities of
the external auditors.
Responsibilities
• Reviewing the financial results announcements and financial
statements and any significant financial reporting issues and
judgements which they may contain;
• Advising the board on whether the annual report and accounts,
taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and understandable and
provide the information necessary for shareholders to assess the
company’s performance, business model and strategy;
• Ensuring compliance with applicable accounting standards and
reviewing the appropriateness of accounting policies and practices
in place;
• Assessing the adequacy of the internal control environment and the
processes in place to monitor this, including reviewing the activities
and performance of the internal audit team;
• Reviewing risk management processes and considering the
adequacy of the actions being taken to identify risks and reduce
the exposure of the group to those risks;
• Overseeing the relationship with the external auditors, reviewing
their activities and performance and advising the board on their
appointment and remuneration;
• Ensuring appropriate safeguards are in place for individuals to raise
issues with the board where a breach of conduct or compliance,
including any financial reporting irregularity, is suspected.
Membership and meetings
Membership and Attendance
Ian McHoul1 (Chairman)
Bob Ivell
Ben Gordon
Michael Shallow2
Number of Meetings
Attended/Held
3/3
4/4
4/4
3/3
Notes:
1. Meetings attended by Ian McHoul subsequent to his appointment on 10 March 2014.
2. Meetings attended by Michael Shallow up until his date of resignation on 1 July 2014.
The Committee comprises independent Non-Executive Directors, Ben
Gordon, Bob Ivell and myself as Chairman. The board is satisfied that
I have recent and relevant financial experience as required by the
Code, being a serving finance director with Amec Foster Wheeler plc.
Ian McHoul
Audit Committee Chairman
I am delighted to have been
appointed to the role of chair of
Britvic’s Audit Committee, taking
over from Michael Shallow in
June this year.
I have found the Committee to be well set up to undertake the key
responsibilities described in the report below and have been pleased
by the focus on governance and control that I have seen.
The Committee’s undertaking to ensure appropriate oversight over
the financial reporting, internal control processes and risk management
is well supported by the reporting and insight provided by management,
internal audit and the external auditors. Additional information and
reporting has been provided on request and there is an open dialogue
between the Committee and the Director of Internal Audit and Risk
and the external auditors throughout the year.
The Committee discusses a broad range of topics and raises challenges
and questions to support understanding and ensure that all appropriate
considerations have been made. The most significant matters discussed
over the course of the year are described in the report below.
Over the course of this year we have also discussed the impact of the
new EU legislation regarding external audit on our business, particularly
in relation to the re-appointment of our existing external auditors and
tender process that was planned for FY15. Given that the detail of how
this legislation will be adopted in the UK is not yet determined in full, we
have decided to defer the tender until such time as this is clear, to ensure
that we are in the best place to fully comply with the new requirements.
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationGovernance
44 Governance Audit Committee (continued)
The Committee typically meets three times a year; in November and
May to review the annual report and accounts and interim report
respectively and to consider the external audit findings, and in
September to review the activities of the previous year, the plan for
the year ahead and to consider any emerging issues. At each meeting
the performance and findings of the internal audit team are reviewed
and the most recent key risks are considered. An additional meeting
was held during the year, in March, to approve additional non-audit
consulting spend with the company’s auditors in respect of the final
phase of the Value Organisation Programme.
Attendees at each of the meetings are the Committee’s members as
well as, by invitation, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial
Officer, the Group Financial Controller, the General Counsel, the Director
of Audit and Risk and the external auditor, Ernst and Young LLP.
Each meeting allows time for the Committee to speak with key people
without the presence of the others, in particular the external auditor
and the Director of Audit and Risk.
Main activities during the year
The Committee supports the board in carrying out its responsibilities
in relation to financial reporting, risk management and assessing
internal controls. It also reviews the effectiveness of the company’s
internal audit function and manages the relationship with the external
auditor. The Audit Committee also ensures that the company has
appropriate provision for confidential and impartial whistle blowing in
line with good practise.
Committee meetings usually take place prior to a board meeting,
where I report to the board on the activity of the Committee and
matters of particular relevance to the board.
Following the revision to the UK Corporate Governance Code, which
applies to financial years commencing on or after 1 October 2012,
the board asked the Committee to advise them on whether the
annual report and accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced
and understandable and provides the information necessary for
shareholders to assess the company’s performance, business model
and strategy.
The Committee’s terms of reference have been amended to reflect
this and can be found on our website at britvic.com/corporate-
governance.aspx
The Committee undertook the following activities during the course of
the year to discharge its responsibilities:
Financial reporting
The role of the Committee in relation to financial reporting is to ensure
that the half year and annual financial statements are appropriate.
Reviews are carried out with both management and the external
auditor through the year, and focus areas include evaluating whether:
• The annual report and financial accounts represent a fair, balanced
and understandable view of information for shareholders;
• The financial statements comply with all applicable financial
reporting standards and any other required regulations;
• Material areas of significant judgement have been given due
consideration by management and reviewed with external auditors;
• The application of acceptable accounting policies and practices is
consistent across the group;
• The disclosures provided are clear and as required by financial
reporting standards;
• Any correspondence from regulators has been received in relation
to our financial reporting.
The reviews are based on information provided by the Chief Financial
Officer and his team as well as reports from the external auditor
based on the outcomes of their half year review and annual audit.
Primary areas of focus considered by the Committee in relation to the
2014 accounts, and how these were addressed were:
Valuation of goodwill and
indefinite lived assets
The review of goodwill and intangible assets is based on a calculation
of value in use, using cash flow projections based on financial budgets
prepared by senior management and approved by the board of directors.
The challenging economic conditions in the UK and Europe increase
the risk of impairment and the committee addressed this by receiving
reports from management outlining the basis for assumptions used
for cash generating units together with sensitivities. Business plans
are signed off by the board and assessment models are reviewed as
part of the audit, for which the external auditor, Ernst & Young LLP,
provide reporting to the Committee.
Revenue recognition
The group recognises revenue when goods are delivered and accepted
by customers. The Committee reviewed the testing and controls of
the revenue cycle, including long term discounts, promotional discounts
and account development funds to ensure that a consistent IFRS
compliant policy is in place and it is complied with. In addition in 2014
the Committee requested and reviewed papers prepared by management
on governance process and controls, with particular reference to the
application of discounts for major customers.
Exceptional items
The Committee reviewed the classification and disclosure of exceptional
items, defined by the group as significant items of income and expense
which because of the size, nature and infrequency merit separate
presentation.
Derivative and hedging activities
The group has derivative instruments to which hedge accounting is
applied and which swap principal and interest of US Private Placement
notes. The Committee reviewed comparisons of valuations to external
confirmations, assessment of hedge effectiveness and the quality of
financial statement disclosures including new requirements from the
introduction of IFRS 13.
Governance Audit Committee (continued)
45
Taxation
Any uncertain tax positions within the group were reviewed to ensure
that the balance sheet provisions are appropriate and the group
effective tax rate is calculated at an acceptable level.
Defined benefit pension scheme
valuation
The Committee reviewed benchmarks and assumptions that are provided
by the group’s actuaries and used to value the pension liabilities for the
three defined benefit schemes. The underlying assumptions based on
market conditions and the characteristics of the schemes are
reviewed by management and the external auditors and reported on
to the Committee.
Internal audit and control
The Committee agreed the audit plan to be undertaken by the Internal
audit team prior to the start of the year and, during each of the meetings
throughout the year, progress against this plan was reviewed. The plan
was assessed on the basis of providing appropriate coverage over the
internal control environment to provide the Committee with a balanced
overview across the group, taking into account the level of risk and
previous coverage. Additional areas of review were added to the plan
as required where circumstances gave rise to an increased level of
risk and any changes to the agreed audit plan were agreed by the
Committee. The Committee received an update from the Director of
Audit and Risk at each meeting summarising the findings of the
internal audits undertaken and the progress made against actions
agreed from previous audits. Detailed updates on specific areas are
provided at the request of the Committee.
Risk management
The risk management process is reviewed annually by the Committee
to ensure that it is set up to deliver appropriate risk management across
the group. The risk management process is continually improving, in
particular in relation to embedding across new and developing areas
of the business. The Committee believe that the improvements will
continue to strengthen the way that the business understands and
manages risk. In addition, the Committee reviewed the key risks on the
corporate risk register at the time of each meeting. A detailed report was
provided to the Committee from the Director of Audit and Risk, showing
movements in major risks and an update on risk mitigation activity
undertaken in relation to those risks. A summary of the key risks and
uncertainties to which the business is exposed to can be found on
pages 28 and 29.
External audit
There are a number of areas that the Committee considers in relation
to the external auditors; their performance in discharging the audit
and interim review of the financial statements, their independence and
objectivity, and their reappointment and remuneration.
External auditor performance
The external auditors, Ernst and Young LLP, provided the Committee
with their plan for undertaking the year end audit at the Committee meeting
in May 2014. This highlighted the proposed approach and scope of
the audit for the coming year and identified the key areas of audit risk,
including the audit approach for these areas. These key areas were
primarily identified as areas of judgement and complexity and included
the carrying value of goodwill and indefinite lived assets, the accounting
for the group’s derivatives and hedging activities, revenue recognition
and the valuation of the defined benefit pension scheme. The Committee
reviewed and appropriately challenged the basis for these before
agreeing the proposed approach and scope of the external audit.
The external auditors prepared a detailed report of their audit findings
at the year end, which they took the Committee through at the
meeting in November. The findings were reviewed and discussed in
detail by the Committee, particularly in relation to the areas highlighted
above. A similar review of the external auditors’ report of their findings
at the half year review is undertaken by the Committee. As part of this
review the Committee questioned and challenged the work
undertaken, the findings and the key assumptions made, with
particular attention to the areas of audit risk identified.
Independence and reappointment
The Committee reviews the independence of the auditors when
considering their reappointment following the year end close each
year, and during the year. The external auditor is required to rotate the
lead audit partner every five years. The current lead auditor partner
began his tenure for the financial year ended 30 September 2012.
Ernst and Young LLP have been the company’s auditors since its
stock market listing in 2005 (9 years). During that time the external
audit has not been formally tendered; however, the Committee will
continue to regularly consider this in accordance with the audit tendering
provisions in the UK Corporate Governance Code and EU legislation.
I have regular contact with the external audit partner outside of Committee
meetings and without the management of the business present.
The group has a policy regarding the provision of non-audit services
by the external auditors, based on common practice of a maximum
audit to non-audit fee ratio of 1:1, except in exceptional circumstances.
There will be a transition to this policy with the intention to implement
for the financial year ending 27 September 2015. In the meantime,
control over non-audit fees is exercised by ensuring non-audit
projects, where fees are expected to exceed £50,000, are subject to
my prior approval and that of the Chief Financial Officer. If non-audit
fees on a certain project are expected to exceed £150,000, prior
approval of the Audit Committee is required.
The Committee has scrutinised the internal procedures of the company’s
auditors, Ernst & Young LLP, during the year and satisfied itself that
the independence and objectivity of the external auditors has not
been affected by the non-audit work undertaken by them. Non-audit
fees are disclosed in note 7 to the report and accounts. The Committee
has reviewed the recent EU legislation and response from the UK
regulatory bodies and considered the impact on the reappointment of
the external auditors. The company had intended to tender the
external audit for the FY15 financial year end however given the EU
regulatory changes and the uncertainty about how these will be
adopted in the UK this has been deferred until the detail of the new
regulations in the UK is clear.
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationGovernance 46
Governance
Nomination Committee
Main activities during the year
The Committee considered and made recommendations to the board
in respect of:
• The appointment of two Non-Executive Directors (details of the
recruitment process are is set out below);
• Review of the board and committee membership following the
changes to the composition of the board;
• Succession planning for a successor for Senior Independent
Director to Bob Ivell and my role as Chairman; and
• Review the findings of the board evaluation (for more information
see page 41).
Appointment of Directors
There is a formal, rigorous and transparent procedure for the appointment
of new directors to the board under which the Committee interviews
suitable candidates who are proposed either by existing board members
or by an external search firm. Careful consideration is given to ensure
proposed appointees have enough time available to devote to the role
and that the balance of skills, knowledge and experience on the
board is maintained. When discussions relate to the appointment of
my successor, the Senior Independent Director chairs the Committee
instead of me. When the Committee has found a suitable candidate,
as Chairman of the Committee, I make a proposal to the whole
board, which has retained responsibility for all such appointments.
I also report on the outcome of Committee meetings to the board.
During the year, we welcomed Ian McHoul and Silvia Lagnada to the
board. Michael Shallow also stepped down from the board.
Appointment processes
Non-Executive Director
The recruitment procedure described above was undertaken during
the year for the appointments of Ian McHoul and Silvia Lagnado. The
Nomination Committee appointed Spencer Stuart, which held no
other existing relations with the company, as the search consultancy,
and the following process was undertaken:
• role profiles were prepared against which potential candidates were
considered;
• as Chairman, I interviewed an initial list of candidates, from which a
shortlist of preferred candidates was selected;
• other Non-Executive and Executive board members interviewed the
shortlist of candidates and provided feedback to the Committee;
• the Committee considered these views in its deliberations before
recommending a preferred candidate to the board; and
• the board approved the appointment as recommended.
Succession planning
Succession planning has been an area of focus of the Committee during
the year. This has included the independence of longer standing members of
the board, in particular, Bob Ivell, Senior Independent Director and
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee and also my own succession
as Chairman.
Succession planning below board level is also important.
Gerald Corbett
Nomination Committee Chairman
Objective
To lead the process for board and senior management appointments
and to make recommendations to the board.
Responsibilities
The Committee is responsible for considering and recommending to
the board candidates who are appropriate for appointment as
Executive and Non-Executive Directors and for other senior
management roles, so as to maintain an appropriate balance of skills
and experience within the company and on the board and to ensure
progressive refreshing of the board.
Membership and meetings
Membership and Attendance
Gerald Corbett (Chairman)
Bob Ivell
Ben Gordon
Ian McHoul1
Michael Shallow2
Number of Meetings
Attended/Held
4/4
4/4
4/4
3/3
3/3
Notes:
1. Meetings attended by Ian McHoul subsequent to his appointment on 10 March 2014.
2. Meetings attended Michael Shallow up until his date of resignation on 1 July 2014.
The Committee comprises independent Non-Executive Directors, Ben
Gordon, Bob Ivell and Ian McHoul and myself as Chairman. The Chief
Executive Officer also attends by invitation.
The Committee meets as necessary and at least twice a year.
Governance Nomination Committee (continued)
47
Diversity
The Committee monitors diversity on behalf of the board. At Britvic,
we see diversity as a wider topic than simply gender and the board
recommend to the company that, in order to achieve its future growth
aspirations, it should remain committed to building a pipeline of
diverse talent and to regularly review its HR processes, including
recruitment and performance management frameworks.
I am pleased to say that we have a number of women in senior
management roles and that we have been in a position to welcome a
further female director to the board during the year. The directors’
view, however, remains that we do not feel in a position to publish a
target of the percentage of women on the board. Further details of
the company’s statistics on gender diversity may be found on page 8
of the Strategic Report.
Board evaluation
Details of the review of the board and its committees, including this
committee and my effectiveness as Chairman, undertaken during the
year can be found on page 41.
Having reviewed the results of the evaluation, the Committee has
confirmed to the board that the present board and its committees
continue to operate effectively and that all of the Non-Executive
Directors remained independent in accordance with the Code and
should stand for re-election (or election in the case of Ian McHoul and
Silvia Lagnado) at the AGM.
making life’s everyday moments more enjoyable
shopping
i
F
n
a
n
c
a
i
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
O
t
h
e
r
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
Strategic reportGovernanceGovernance
48
making life’s everyday moments more enjoyable
a stroll in the park
49
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationGovernance 50
Governance
Governance
Remuneration
Committee
Bob Ivell
Remuneration Committee Chairman
Objective
To agree remuneration policy and to set individual compensation for
directors and senior management.
Membership and meetings
Membership and Attendance
Number of Meetings
Attended/Held
Bob Ivell (Chairman)
Gerald Corbett
Ben Gordon
Ian McHoul1
Michael Shallow2
5/5
4/5
5/5
3/3
2/2
Notes:
1. Meetings attended by Ian McHoul subsequent to his appointment on 10 March 2014.
2. Meetings attended by Michael Shallow up until his date of resignation on 1 July 2014.
The Committee comprises Gerald Corbett, Ben Gordon, Ian McHoul
and myself, as Chairman. The company Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer (who may attend by invitation) do not attend
meetings when their individual remuneration is discussed.
The Committee meets as necessary and at least three times a year.
As Chairman, I report on the outcome of the Committee’s meetings
to the board.
Main activities during the year
Full details of the Committee’s responsibilities and of its activities are
set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 51 to 72.
Committee evaluation
The Committee was included in the board evaluation performed
during the year, the details of which can be found on page 41.
Governance
Governance
51
Directors’
remuneration report
Annual Statement from the Chairman of the
Remuneration Committee
I am pleased to present the
Directors’ Remuneration Report
for the year ended 28 September
2014, which was a strong year
for Britvic and our shareholders.
The contents of this annual statement provide an
overview of the remuneration outcomes for the
period ending on 28 September 2014 and also
cover the changes that we intend to make to the
Remuneration Policy for directors from the 2014/15
year along with the supporting rationale.
The remainder of the report sets out:
• An ‘at a glance’ summary of the key pay decisions taken over the
year and proposed Remuneration Policy for directors in 2014/15
and beyond
• The proposed Remuneration Policy for directors that will take effect
subject to shareholder approval from the Annual General Meeting
(AGM) in January 2015
• The annual report on remuneration which is subject to an advisory
shareholder vote at the January 2015 AGM and sets out the detail
of payments made to directors in respect of the year ended
28 September 2014
This is the first Britvic remuneration report prepared under the new
remuneration reporting regulations and it is the intention of the
Remuneration Committee (the Committee) to operate the proposed
Remuneration Policy from the January 2015 AGM for a period of
three years. However it may be necessary to bring amendments to
the Remuneration Policy back to shareholders for approval in
advance of this in certain circumstances (e.g. such as a significant
unanticipated strategic change to the company).
Remuneration outcomes from
2013/2014
As a result of our performance against profit before tax, net revenue
and cash flow targets set at the outset of the year annual bonus pay
outs for Executive Directors are at 72% of maximum which reflects
another strong year for Britvic.
Against the three-year EPS, TSR and ROIC performance conditions
attaching to our long-term incentive awards made in December 2011 the
Executive Directors’ share options (ESOP) will vest at 69% of maximum
and the Performance Share Plan (PSP) will vest at 50% of maximum.
In line with the remuneration reporting regulations, details of the
performance targets and actual achievement against these are set
out in the Annual Report on Remuneration.
Proposed Remuneration Policy
for 2014/15 and beyond
During the year, the Committee undertook a review of remuneration to
ensure our Executive Directors and senior leadership team participate
in a simple and effective set of incentive arrangements that are directly
aligned with our growth ambitions. In undertaking the review, we also
carefully considered the views of our shareholders, market practice
and the wider governance environment as well as consulting with
many of our largest shareholders and other stakeholders.
As a result of the review we have made a number of key changes to
our Remuneration Policy for 2014/15 and beyond. For all senior
management participants we propose to simplify and improve the
alignment of our long-term incentive plans (LTIPs) with our growth
ambitions by using a common EPS metric across both the PSP and
ESOP. While this creates a simpler focus for participants on long-term
EPS growth, we will retain a link of 25% of the PSP to our relative
Total Shareholder Return (TSR) performance against an identified
group of comparators. To further simplify and take account of our
growing international footprint we have decoupled the link to RPI for
the EPS measure and have moved to an absolute EPS growth metric
designed to reflect stretching long-term performance standards over
the future business cycles. The revised EPS range is more challenging
than that used in prior years and we have reduced vesting for
threshold performance to 20% of the maximum award to further
strengthen the link between pay and performance and reflect
emerging investor views on this point.
In recognition of feedback received from some investors during the
consultation period, the Committee will also consider underlying ROIC
performance delivered over the performance period prior to
determining the final vesting outcome of the PSP and may scale back
vesting if appropriate for the level of EPS growth achieved.
Finally, for the CEO, the Committee intends to increase his maximum
PSP award to 150% of salary to recognise his and Britvic’s continued
strong performance by aligning his total package more closely with
market norms for a company of Britvic’s size and scope. In addition
and in recognition of investor feedback, the Committee also intends
to double the CEO’s long-term shareholding requirement to 200%
from the current 100% of salary. This change will ensure his interests
remain closely aligned with sustained long-term value creation for our
shareholders and also consistent with emerging best practice guidance.
In addition, as the rules for the current PSP and ESOP will expire in
2015, a new set of rules for these plans will be submitted to
shareholders for approval at the AGM in 2015. The new rules are
materially the same as the current rules and are in line with the
proposed policy set out in this remuneration report.
The Committee strongly believes that our simplified remuneration
policies will support Britvic’s plans to grow our core and international
businesses, provide an appropriate balance of growth and returns in
our long-term incentive mix and ensure a strong line of sight for
participants between performance and reward.
The Committee and I are also committed to ensuring an open dialogue
with our shareholders and recognise there are a number of competing
views across the various stakeholders. The proposed changes described
above are intended to represent what the Committee believes to be
an appropriate balance of opinions. Therefore, should you have any
questions relating to our approach to executive remuneration, please
feel free to contact me at investors@britvic.co.uk.
In the meantime, I look forward to receiving your support on both
parts of the remuneration report at the January 2015 AGM.
Bob Ivell
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationGovernance Directors’
remuneration report
52 Governance Directors’ remuneration report (continued)
Britvic remuneration at a glance
This section summarises the remuneration outcomes for the 2013/14 year, how the proposed Remuneration Policy will be implemented for
2014/15 and the link between remuneration and our strategy.
Single total figure of remuneration for Executive Directors 2013/2014
Executive Directors
Salary
Benefits
Bonus
LTIP
Pension
Total
£’000
Simon Litherland
John Gibney
546.2
355.9
21.1
20.5
552.0
308.3
672.0
923.9
139.5
80.9
1,930.8
1,689.5
Summary of incentive outcomes for 2013/14
Annual Bonus
Performance measure
Weighting (% of
bonus maximum)
PBT1
Revenue1
Free cash flow1
Total
50%
20%
30%
100%
Performance
required for target
payout
£m
128.5
1,397.0
82.0
Actual
performance
£m
132.9
1,359.7
88.9
2014 bonus awarded
(% of maximum)
CEO
84.4%
0.0%
100.0%
72.2%
CFO
84.4%
0.0%
100.0%
72.2%
Note
1: Profit before tax (PBT) – Profit before tax before exceptional and other items
Revenue – Actual revenue performance translated at budgeted foreign exchange rates
Free cash flow – Cash flow excluding movements in borrowings, dividend payments, exceptional and other items
These measures and definitions are consistently used throughout this Remuneration Report.
Long Term Incentives
Plan
ESOP
PSP
Performance conditions
and targets set
Performance outcome
Level of award vesting for CEO
and CFO (% of maximum)
3-year EPS2 growth of RPI + 3%
- 7% p.a.
EPS growth in excess of RPI of
5.4% p.a. was achieved
3-year Relative TSR (50%
weighting): Ranking between
median and upper quartile vs the
comparator group
Britvic’s TSR was positioned
in the upper quartile vs the
comparator group
ROIC of 20.7% was achieved
69.0%
50.0%
3-year average ROIC (50%
weighting): 21.5% - 22.3%
Note
2: EPS – Adjusted diluted earnings per share
This definition is used consistently throughout this Remuneration Report.
Governance Directors’ remuneration report (continued)
53
Summary of intended implementation of proposed Remuneration Policy for 2014/15
Summary for 2014/15
Notes
Base Salary
CEO: £560,000 increasing to £580,000 from 1 January 2015
CFO: £360,000 increasing to £374,400 from 1 January 2015
The Committee have agreed to increase base
salaries by 3.6% to £580,000 for the CEO and
4% to £374,400 for the CFO from 1 January
2015 which is consistent with the 2% to 4%
range planned for the wider GB-based staff.
Annual Bonus
Target and maximum opportunities are:
No change from 2013/14.
• 70% and 140% of base salary for the CEO
• 60% and 120% for the CFO
The following performance metrics and weightings apply to
the bonus:
• PBT 50%
• Revenue 20%
• Free cash flow 30%
ESOP
The maximum opportunities are
No change in award levels.
• 300% of base salary for the CEO
• 250% of base salary for the CFO
For ESOP grants made in 2014/15, performance is measured
using EPS. 20% of the maximum award vests for achieving
threshold performance of 6% p.a. EPS growth increasing on
a straight line basis to 100% vesting for EPS growth of 12%
p.a.
The maximum opportunity is 150% of base salary for the CEO
and 100% for the CFO.
For PSP grants made in 2014/15, performance on 75% of
the award is measured using 3-year EPS growth. 20% of the
maximum award vests for achieving threshold performance
of 6% p.a. EPS growth increasing on a straight line basis to
100% vesting for EPS growth of 12% p.a..
The performance on the remaining 25% of the PSP award
made in 2014/15 is based on 3-year relative TSR. 20% of the
maximum award vests for achieving threshold performance of
the median of the comparator group, increasing on a straight
line basis to 100% vesting for upper quartile performance.
The Committee will also consider underlying ROIC over the
performance period to ensure it remains appropriate relative
to the EPS growth delivered.
200% of salary for the CEO and 100% of salary for the CFO.
EPS remains the performance measure for the
ESOP awards albeit on a tougher performance
range.
Threshold vesting has been reduced to 20% for
2014/15 from 25% in 2013/14.
EPS (75% weighting) and TSR (25% weighting)
have replaced the previous performance
measures of TSR and ROIC which were equally
weighted.
Threshold vesting has been reduced to 20% for
2014/15 from 25% in 2013/14.
A ROIC underpin has also been maintained.
The CEO’s requirement has increased from
100% of salary in 2013/14.
PSP
Shareholding
requirements
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationGovernance 54 Governance Directors’ remuneration report (continued)
Linking remuneration and strategy
The table below sets out how Britvic’s key incentives and their supporting performance metrics link to our strategy.
Incentive
Purpose
Metric
Link to strategy
Profit before
tax (PBT)
Annual Bonus
To motivate employees and
incentivise delivery of annual
performance targets.
Revenue
LTIPs (ESOP
and PSP)
To motivate and incentivise
delivery of sustained, long-term
performance and encourage
share price and dividend
growth over the performance
period of the awards.
Free cash flow
Three year
EPS growth
Three year
relative TSR
ROIC
PBT is a measure of the company’s financial performance
and, in particular, how successful the company has been
at accelerating its profitability from the various strategic
initiatives in place. For bonus purposes PBT is pre-
exceptional items and other items in order to reflect the
underlying financial performance of the business.
Reflects the core strategic objective of growing revenues
in all the company’s markets, particularly in international
markets.
Free cash flow is a measure of the company’s financial
health, a key corporate objective of improving cash
conversion. It is vitally important in ensuring our ability to
continue investing in international opportunities as well as
maintain our goal of a progressive dividend policy.
EPS is an important long-term financial metric linked to
long-term value creation for our shareholders and also
supports our continued goal of a progressive dividend
policy.
Relative TSR strongly links share price growth and
dividends to the rewards executives receive. The relative
nature of the measure ensures participants only receive
awards if outperformance is achieved against a basket
of peers.
Return on invested capital is an important financial
discipline to ensure long-term investment returns to
shareholders are value enhancing.
Governance Directors’ remuneration report (continued)
55
Directors’ Remuneration Policy
The Remuneration Policy set out in this section is intended to apply
for three years from the date of the 2015 AGM, subject to shareholder
approval.
There is no intention to revise the policy more frequently than every
three years. However the Committee will review the Remuneration
Policy annually in order to ensure it remains aligned with the
company’s strategy, appropriately positioned against the market and
aligned with corporate governance requirements.
In the event a change to the policy is required, the Committee will
consult with Britvic’s major shareholders prior to submitting the policy
for approval by all shareholders.
Our overall approach to remuneration
The principal objective of our executive Remuneration Policy is to
support a performance-based culture that will help drive the
successful execution of our business strategy. We aim to provide
competitive levels of remuneration opportunity for our senior
Executives and leadership team, a significant portion of which is in the
form of variable pay.
In setting the Remuneration Policy the Committee carefully
considered corporate governance best practice and the company’s
environmental and social responsibilities.
Remuneration Policy table
The table below sets out the Remuneration Policy the Committee will
apply to Directors in 2014/15 subject to Shareholder approval at the
2015 AGM.
Performance
measures
n/a
Element and
link to strategy
Base Salary
Element of fixed
pay that reflects
the individual’s role,
position, experience
and contribution to
the group.
Operation
Maximum opportunity
and payment at target
Base salaries are paid in cash and reviewed
annually, with any changes normally taking
effect from 1 January.
Out of cycle reviews may be conducted if
considered appropriate by the Committee.
Base salaries are set with reference to
comparator groups made up of similar sized
UK listed companies (both pan-sector and
from the food and beverages sector).
The Committee also has reference to
international food and beverages companies.
Alternative peer groups may be considered
depending on the location and domicile of
Directors based outside of the UK.
Whilst there is no prescribed formulaic
maximum, annual increases will normally
be in the context of overall business
performance and the level awarded to the
general GB-based workforce.
Higher increases may be made where
there have been significant changes in the
responsibility and accountability in a role,
where there are large
variances to the market, for example in the
case of a new Executive Director appointed
on a salary below the market median, or
where there is a significant change in the
relationship of the company relative to the
peer group. Any significant increases will be
fully explained.
Benefits
To provide market
typical benefits
which are valued
by recipients and
allow Executives to
carry out their duties
efficiently.
Benefits and allowances include but are not
limited to: annual car benefit (or allowance),
membership of the company’s private
medical healthcare plan, and the ability to
‘buy’ or ’sell’ holiday under the company’s
flexible benefits plan, payment of up to two
subscriptions to recognised professional
bodies, and life assurance.
There is also a relocation policy which
provides for reasonable expenses to be paid
subject to the Committee’s approval.
Other benefits may be provided from
time to time if considered reasonable
and appropriate by the Committee and
will be explained in the Annual Report on
Remuneration for the relevant year.
The maximum levels of benefit provision are:
n/a
• Provision of a company car or car
allowance paid in cash. The company car
rental cost would not exceed £10,800 and
a cash allowance would not exceed
£10,634 per annum
• Private medical insurance on a private
basis
• The value of any professional subscriptions
paid by the company may vary but would
not be excessive
• Life assurance cover of 4 times base salary
The value of any relocation allowance
provided is dependent on the relevant
circumstances when the need arises.
However the Committee would not pay more
than necessary in such situations.
Up to 5 days holiday may be sold at a
prorated value of the individual’s salary.
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationGovernance 56 Governance Directors’ remuneration report (continued)
Element and
link to strategy
Operation
Maximum opportunity
and payment at target
Performance
measures
Pension
Supports a
market aligned
compensation
package and assists
participants plan for
retirement.
Pension provision is provided in the
form of a defined contribution (DC)
pension or a cash allowance where
the individual opts out of the pension
scheme as a result of exceeding the tax
efficient pension savings limits set by
HMRC.
A legacy defined benefit pension and
Executive Top Up Scheme (BETUS),
a securitised unfunded unregistered
pension scheme, closed to future
accrual on 10 April 2011. Current
Executive Directors have accrued
benefits under these arrangements.
Annual Bonus
To motivate
employees and
incentivise delivery of
annual performance
targets.
Annual bonuses are paid after the year
end of the financial year to which they
relate.
Targets are set at the beginning of the
performance year which runs from the
start to the end of each financial period.
The Committee has the discretion to
adjust the bonus outcome if the pure
application of a formula is not felt to
produce an appropriate result in light
of overall underlying performance.
In particular the Committee has
the discretion to adjust payments
downwards if profits have fallen. Any
adjustment made using this discretion
will be explained.
Malus and clawback may be applied
in respect of the bonus in certain
situations where the payment of
the bonus resulted from a material
misstatement in the company’s
accounts or an error in the assessment
of the satisfaction of a performance
condition.
For the defined contribution pension,
the maximum annual contribution is:
n/a
• 28% of base salary for the CEO
• 25% of base salary for the CFO
For the cash allowance, the maximum
contributions reflect those under the
DC pension less a deduction to ensure
the cash allowance is broadly cost
neutral to the company from a National
Insurance perspective.
A discounted one-off cash settlement of
the BETUS may be offered to an eligible
member of the legacy defined benefit
plan who is leaving or retiring from the
company.
Target and maximum opportunities are:
• 70% and 140% of base salary for the
CEO
• 60% and 120% for the CFO
The level of payment at threshold is set
on an annual basis but will not exceed
25% of the maximum award value.
The specific measures, targets and
weighting may vary from year to year in
order to align with the group’s strategy,
but always with a substantial proportion
based on key financial metrics.
For 2014/15 the annual bonus will be
based 100% on key financial metrics.
The performance conditions are set
annually based on the metrics the
Committee feels are most appropriate
for the business and create value for
shareholders. These may include,
but are not limited to, profit, revenue
and cash flow metrics. Strategic KPIs
may be chosen to support particular
objectives for the year.
Annual bonus targets are set with
reference to internal budgets and analyst
consensus forecasts, with maximum
pay-out requiring performance well
ahead of budget.
Further details of performance measures
for the 2014/15 annual bonus are given
on page 64.
Governance Directors’ remuneration report (continued)
57
Element and
link to strategy
Operation
Maximum opportunity
and payment at target
Performance
measures
Long-Term Incentives
– Executive Share
Option Plan (ESOP) and
Performance Share Plan
(PSP)
To motivate and incentivise
delivery of sustained,
long-term performance and
encourage share price and
dividend growth over the
performance period of the
awards.
The Committee believes
that long-term incentive
plan measures should
be simple, aligned to
sustainable long-term
shareholder value creation
as well as providing line of
sight to management so
that they are meaningful
and incentivising.
ESOP - Allows for annual grants
of market value options. Awards
vest after three years, subject
to performance conditions.
Options expire 10 years
following the grant date.
PSP - Allows for annual grants
of performance share awards.
Awards vest after three years,
subject to performance
conditions.
Under the PSP participants are
entitled to dividend equivalents
between award and vesting in
respect of awards that vest.
Malus and clawback may
be applied in respect of LTIP
awards in certain situations
where the vesting of an LTIP
award resulted from a material
misstatement in the company’s
accounts or an error in the
assessment of the satisfaction
of a performance condition.
ESOP -The maximum
opportunities are:
• 300% of base salary for
the CEO
• 250% of base salary for
the CFO
PSP - The maximum
opportunity is 150% of base
salary for the CEO and 100%
for the CFO.
Under the ESOP and PSP 20%
of the maximum award vests for
achieving threshold performance
increasing to 100% of the
maximum opportunity vesting
for achieving maximum
performance on a straight line
basis.
The Committee chooses performance metrics
measured over three years that support the
company’s long-term strategic priorities, provide
a direct link with shareholder value and ensure
a clear line of sight for participants between
performance and reward.
For ESOP grants made in 2014/15, performance
will be measured using an EPS performance
condition.
For PSP grants made in 2014/2015, 75%
of performance will be measured using the
same EPS performance condition as for the
ESOP, with the remaining 25% of performance
measured using relative TSR. ROIC over the
performance period will also be considered by
the Committee in determining the level of vesting
at the end of the period.
EPS growth is a key measure of our success in
growing value for shareholders over time. The
setting of the EPS targets takes into account
analyst consensus forecasts, internal projections,
and the levels of performance required over the
long-term to deliver absolute value appreciation
for shareholders.
Relative TSR strongly links share price growth
and dividends to the rewards executives
receive. The relative nature of the measure
ensures participants only receive awards if
outperformance is achieved against a basket of
investment comparables.
ROIC is an important financial discipline to
ensure growth in the business continues to be
value enhancing over the long-term.
The Committee may adjust the performance
measures for future awards and the weighting of
these measures if it feels this will create greater
alignment with business and strategic priorities.
A significant change to the measures used
would only be adopted following consultation
with major shareholders.
Shareholding Guidelines
To encourage long-term
share ownership by the
Executive Directors so that
interests are aligned with
other long-term investors
Executive Directors are to
acquire and then hold a certain
shareholding from the date of
their appointment to the board.
Shareholdings are set at 200%
of base salary for the CEO and
100% for the CFO from the date
of appointment to the board.
n/a
The Committee will monitor
progress on this requirement
on an annual basis.
Until this holding is acquired,
the Executive Directors may
not sell any shares received
through the long term incentives
operated by the company
other than to finance the cost
of exercising share options and
any tax liabilities arising from the
vesting of long-term incentive
plans, unless approved by the
Committee (for example, in
cases of financial hardship).
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationGovernance 58 Governance Directors’ remuneration report (continued)
Element and
link to strategy
All-employee
Share Plans
To allow Executives
to participate in
share plans on the
same terms as other
employees.
Chairman and
Non-Executive
Director (NED) fees
To attract and retain
experienced and
skilled Non-Executive
Directors.
Operation
Maximum opportunity
and payment at target
Performance
measures
• Free share awards, up to a
maximum of 4% of earnings,
capped at £3,600 per annum.
• Partnership shares, up to £1,800
The Committee has the discretion to
limit the free share awards in light of
performance against internal profit
targets.
per year.
• Matching shares, on a one for one
basis up to a maximum of £650 per
year.
The maximum fee level for each NED
is set by reference to fees paid in UK-
listed companies of a similar size and
scope to Britvic.
n/a
Any planned increases in fees
will take into account general
increases across the wider employee
population.
Executive Directors may participate
in the Britvic Share Incentive Plan,
which is an all-employee HMRC
approved share plan open to
employees based in Great Britain.
The plan has three parts, all of which
the Directors participate in:
• Free share awards, which are made
annually subject to the company’s
performance and at the discretion
of the Committee
• Partnership shares, which are
purchased by employees through
payroll deductions
• Matching shares, which are
provided by the employer to
individuals purchasing partnership
shares
The Committee reserves the right
to use its discretion to amend the
operation of the all-employee share
plan from time to time.
The fees paid to the Chairman are
determined by the Committee, while
the fees of the NEDs are determined
by the Board with affected persons
absenting themselves from the
discussions as appropriate.
Annual fees are paid to the Chairman
and other NEDs on a monthly basis.
Additional fees are paid to NEDs who
are members of and who chair a
board Committee and to the Senior
Independent Director (SID).
NED fee levels are periodically
reviewed by the board (for NEDs) and
the Committee (for the Chairman).
Any increases to fees are normally
effective from 1st January.
NEDs do not participate in company
incentive arrangements, and do not
receive any form of pension provision.
NEDs will be reimbursed by the company
for all reasonable expenses incurred
in performing their duties of office.
Governance Directors’ remuneration report (continued)
59
Remuneration Policy notes
Differences in Remuneration Policy for all employees
All employees are entitled to base salary and benefits and may also
receive bonus, pension, and share awards the value of which vary
according to the individual’s seniority and level of responsibility.
Share awards made prior to the implementation of
approved Remuneration Policy
Unvested ESOP and PSP awards will continue to pay out in
accordance with the relevant plan rules. Any payments under these
plans will be disclosed in the Annual Report on Remuneration as
required by the regulations. A summary of the operation of the
outstanding awards is set out below:
Illustrations of the application of Remuneration
Policy
A key element of the company’s Remuneration Policy is to provide a
significant part of potential reward through performance based
incentive plans. Set out below is the reward mix for both Executive
Directors at minimum performance, on-target performance and
maximum performance as proposed under the Remuneration Policy.
The potential total rewards available to the Executive Directors,
ignoring any change in share price and roll-up of dividends, are set
out in the illustration below. The Committee believes that the mix and
variability in the reward package is aligned with our performance-
orientated remuneration principles and business objectives already
described above.
Element
Summary of
operation
ESOP awards made
prior to the 2014/15
financial year
PSP awards made
prior to the 2014/15
financial year
Maximum PSP opportunity
is 100% of salary for the
CEO and CFO. ESOP is as
shown in the main policy
table.
Threshold payout is 25% of
the maximum opportunity
increasing to maximum on
a straight line basis.
Performance
measures
100% EPS
growth
50% relative
TSR
50% ROIC
3,000
2,500
2,000
0
0
0
,
’
£
1,500
1,000
£748
£2,662
41%
31%
£1,815
36%
22%
100%
41%
28%
500
0
LTIP
Short term incentives
Total fixed pay
£1,593
£1,106
41%
36%
20%
44%
28%
31%
£489
100%
Committee discretion
In addition to the discretion set out in this policy report, the
Committee may apply discretion in operating the Remuneration Policy
in certain matters including the following:
• The timing of any payments
• The impact of a change of control or restructuring
• Any adjustments to performance conditions or awards required as
a result of a corporate event (such as a transaction, corporate
restructuring event, special dividend or rights issue)
• The operation of malus and clawback provisions
• Minor administrative matters to improve the efficiency of operation
of the plans or to comply with local tax law or regulation
Discretion regarding the treatment of leavers is set out in Service
contracts and the policy on the payment for loss of office section.
The Committee also reserves the right to make a remuneration
payment that originated from before the individual became an
Executive Director.
In relation to the annual bonus and LTIP plans, the Committee retains
the ability to amend the performance conditions and/or measures in
respect of any award or payment if one or more event(s) have
occurred which would lead the Committee to consider that it would
be appropriate to do so, provided that such an amendment would
not be materially less difficult to meet.
If the Committee used any of the discretions set out above these
would, where relevant, be disclosed in the next Annual Remuneration
Report and the views of major shareholders may also be sought.
Min
Max
Target
Simon Litherland
Min
Target
Max
John Gibney
The above chart has been prepared using the following assumptions:
1) Base salaries are as proposed as at 1 January 2015
2) Benefits reflect those estimated to be paid in 2014/15
3) Target bonus is calculated at 50% of maximum opportunity
4)
5)
Target vesting for the PSP is 60%, being the mid-point between
threshold and maximum vesting level
Options awarded under the ESOP are valued on the standard
market value for options of 30% of the face value of award. A
target vesting of 60% values the ESOP award at 18% of the
maximum value
Statement of consideration of employment
conditions elsewhere in Britvic
The Committee is kept regularly updated on pay and conditions
across the Group and has reference to average pay increases and the
average salaries for the wider employee population. These metrics are
considered by the Committee when reviewing the remuneration for
Executive Directors.
The company did not consult with employees when drawing up the
Remuneration Policy.
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationGovernance
60 Governance Directors’ remuneration report (continued)
Statement of consideration of shareholder views
The Committee is committed to on-going dialogue with the company’s
shareholder base. This can take a variety of forms, such as:
• Meetings with major shareholders to consider significant potential
changes to policy or specific issues of interest to particular
shareholder groups
• Other dialogue to update shareholders and take their feedback on
planned refinements to arrangements
In drawing up the Remuneration Policy presented in this report, the
Chair of the Committee wrote to Britvic’s major shareholders and key
institutional representative bodies and held several follow up
meetings. The views expressed by our shareholders during this
process have been considered in the development of the
Remuneration Policy.
Approach to remuneration on recruitment
When hiring a new Executive Director, or making internal promotions
to the Board, the Committee will in principle apply the same policy as
for existing Executive Directors, as detailed in the Remuneration
Policy. The rationale for the package offered will be explained in the
next Annual Remuneration Report.
For internal promotions any commitments made prior to appointment
may continue to be honoured as the Executive is transitioned to the
new remuneration arrangements.
Our recruitment Remuneration Policy aims to give the Committee
sufficient flexibility to secure the appointment and promotion of
high-calibre Executives to strengthen the management team and
secure the skill sets to deliver our strategic objectives. The details are
set out in the table below:
Area
Base salary
Policy and operation
• Base salary would be set at an appropriate level to recruit the best candidate based on their skills,
experience and current remuneration. In some instances it may be appropriate to recruit on a salary at
the lower end of the typical market range and progress salary increases above the typical rate of
increases provided to the wider employee workforce to align with performance and policy over time
Benefits and pension
• Benefits and pension would be in line with normal policy and may include, where appropriate, relocation
benefits or other benefits reflective of normal market practice in the territory in which the Executive
Director is employed
Annual bonus
• Awards would be made under the annual bonus plan in line with the Remuneration Policy
Normal LTIP awards
(ESOP and PSP)
Additional LTIP awards
(ESOP and PSP)
Replacement awards
Service contracts
• Maximum opportunity would not exceed 140% of base salary
• Awards would be made under the LTIP plans in line with the Remuneration Policy
• Under the ESOP, maximum opportunity would not exceed 300% of base salary
• Under the PSP, maximum opportunity would not exceed 150% of base salary
• On the recruitment of a director the Committee may make a one-off performance linked award under
the ESOP and PSP subject to the below limits. Under the ESOP an award of up to 500% of base salary
may be made in a year to an executive (inclusive of the normal annual award that would be granted to
an executive)
• Under the PSP an award of up to 200% of base salary may be made in a year to an executive (inclusive
of the normal annual award that would be granted to an executive)
• The Committee will normally seek to avoid using replacement awards. However where, in exceptional
circumstances, replacement awards are considered by the Committee to be necessary, they are not
subject to a formal maximum, although would be designed to reflect only the value of remuneration
forgone by the recruited Executive or less. In making any buyout awards the Committee would take into
account any additional LTIP awards made as set out above
• The Committee may agree a contractual notice period with the Executive which initially exceeds twelve
months, as applies to other Executives, particularly if it is necessary to attract Executives who will be
required to relocate their families
• This will reduce to a twelve month rolling notice period once the individual is twelve months from the
end of their initial notice period
Governance Directors’ remuneration report (continued)
61
Service contracts and policy on payment for loss of office
The table below sets out items that are contained within the service contracts for the Executive Directors. It is the policy that these will apply to
any future Director.
Item
Policy
Notice period
Remuneration
Benefits
• 12 months if given by the company
• 6 months if given by the Executive
• Base salary and pension
• Eligibility to participate in the annual bonus and LTIP and other share incentive plans
• Provision of company car or cash alternative
• Payment of professional subscriptions for up to two recognised professional bodies
• Eligibility for private medical insurance
Contractual
termination payment
• The company may terminate the Executive’s employment at any time and with immediate effect and will pay the
Executive an after tax sum in lieu of notice equal to the basic salary which the Executive would have been entitled to
receive during their notice period. A payment may also be made in respect of outstanding untaken holiday
entitlement accrued up to and including the date of termination
• Payments in lieu of notice would be paid monthly and are subject to mitigation if the Executive obtains alternative
income during the period
• If the Executive is terminated for reasons such as gross misconduct no payment in lieu of notice will be due
• The Committee may at its discretion put the Executive on garden leave for any period provided that base salary and
contractual benefits are paid during this period. The Committee would only use this discretion when appropriate
and would seek to minimise the cost to the company if such discretion was required
Non-Executive
Directors
• The NEDs do not have service contracts but instead have letters of appointment for a three-year term
• On termination NEDs shall only be entitled to accrued fees as at the date of termination
In the event of a settlement agreement, the Committee may agree payments it considers reasonable in settlement of legal claims. This may
include reasonable reimbursement of professional fees in connection with such agreements.
The table below sets out details of how an Executive Directors incentives and pension would be treated on termination. Items of fixed pay are
detailed in the previous table.
Incentives
Treatment
Annual Bonus
• In the case of retirement with the agreement of the Committee, redundancy, death in service, or such other reason
as the Committee may in its discretion approve, the bonus will be pro-rated to the date of termination and paid on
the normal payment date
• Executives leaving for any other reason will normally forfeit their awards
ESOP & PSP
• Awards for executives who are treated as a ‘good leaver’ under the rules of the LTIPs (reasons include ill health,
injury, disability, redundancy, change of control, retirement with the consent of the company, and any other reason
at the Committee’s discretion) will vest at the normal vesting date unless the Committee determines the awards
should vest at an alternative date taking into consideration the extent to which any performance conditions have
been satisfied and time served over the performance period
• If the executive is not a ‘good leaver’, the awards will lapse immediately on termination
• If the executive ceases to be a director as a result of death, awards will vest as soon as practicable taking into
consideration the extent to which any performance conditions have been satisfied and time served over the
performance period
Pension
• The Committee may consider offering a discounted one-off cash settlement to a member who is leaving the company
to reduce the company’s balance sheet exposure to the BETUS liability. This is normally used at retirement
• All members of the defined benefits section of the pension plan (Plan) may benefit from the Enhanced Early Retirement
Facility (‘EERF’) which allows the Plan members to retire within five years of reaching normal pension age without a
reduction in their pension. The EERF includes benefits payable from BETUS and is non-contractual. Continuation of
the EERF formed part of the agreement with the Plan trustee on the closure of the defined benefit section of the Plan.
The company has given notice to all of the Plan members that the EERF will be withdrawn by 5 April 2016
Other appointments
The Executive Directors are not permitted to have any engagement with any other company during the term of their appointment without the
prior written consent of the board.
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationGovernance 62
making life’s everyday moments more enjoyable
keeping in touch
Governance
Governance
63
Annual report
on remuneration
Consideration by the Directors of matters relating to directors’ remuneration
Advisors
In August 2014 the Committee undertook a review of remuneration
advisors and following a competitive tender process, PwC were
appointed as the advisors to the Committee. The company is also
advised by PwC on other remuneration-related items and provided
consulting support on non remuneration-related issues. PwC is a
member of the Remuneration Consultants Group (the professional
body for executive remuneration consultants). PwC’s fees in respect
of advice to the Committee in the year under review were £28,900
and were charged on the basis of that firm’s standard terms of
business for advice provided.
The Committee also received advice from Towers Watson during the
year. Towers Watson were appointed as advisors in 2005 and have
also provided advice on other remuneration related items. Towers
Watson’s fees in respect of advice to the Committee in the year under
review were £42,040 and were charged on the basis of that firm’s
standard terms of business for advice provided.
During the year, Addleshaw Goddard LLP were also engaged by the
Committee to provide legal advice on contractual arrangements,
share schemes and pension matters.
Unless otherwise stated, these advisors have no other connection
with the company and the Committee, based on its experience, is
satisfied that the advice it received from these organisations was
objective and independent.
Membership of the
Remuneration Committee
During the year, the Committee consisted wholly of independent
Non-Executive Directors:
• Bob Ivell (Chairman)
• Michael Shallow (up until resignation on 1 July 2014)
• Ben Gordon
• Gerald Corbett
• Ian McHoul (following appointment on 10 March 2014)
At the invitation of the Chairman of the Committee, the Chairman,
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Human Resources, IT
& Change Director, Director of Compensation & Benefits, General
Counsel & Company Secretary attend the meetings of the Committee
to provide input to assist the Committee in the consideration of
particular items, except when their own remuneration is under
consideration. Details of the attendance by Committee members at
Committee meetings are shown in the Corporate Governance section
on page 50.
Composition and terms
of reference
The Committee’s composition and terms of reference are in line with
the UK Corporate Governance Code and are available on the
company’s website or on request from the Company Secretary. While
the Chairman, who was independent on initial appointment, is a
member of the Remuneration Committee, he is not present when his
own remuneration is under discussion.
The Committee meets no less than three times a year and has
responsibility for:
• Reviewing Executives’ remuneration in terms of the pay policy of
the company as a whole, pay and conditions elsewhere in the
Group, and the overall cost to the shareholders
• Determining, within agreed terms of reference, and taking into
account corporate performance on environmental, social and
governance issues, the remuneration of the Chairman and specific
remuneration packages for each of the Executive Directors and
other members of the Executive team, including pension rights, any
compensation payments and benefits
• Approving the design and operation of the company’s incentive
arrangements, both short and long-term. This includes agreeing the
targets that are applied to awards made to senior Executives
• Responsibility for all of the company’s employee share plans and
the share dilution position
• Ensuring, via regular reviews, that the company’s pay policies
remain appropriate and relevant
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationGovernance 64 Governance Annual report on remuneration (continued)
Changes made to the 2014/15
Remuneration Policy
Following the change to the company’s strategy announced in May
2013 the Committee undertook a review of our Remuneration Policy
to ensure the Executive Directors and senior leadership team
participate in a simple and effective set of incentive arrangements that
are directly aligned with the company’s strategy and growth
aspirations. The review focused on the annual bonus, PSP and ESOP.
The Committee also carefully considered the views of our shareholders
(meeting with several during the review process), market practice and
the wider governance environment. As a result of this review, the
Committee deemed it appropriate to propose the following changes to
Remuneration Policy for 2014/15, the first year that the policy will
require a binding vote of approval at the 2015 AGM.
1. Greatly simplify and improve the effectiveness of both LTIPs by
adopting the same EPS performance condition for vesting of
2014/15 and future awards under the ESOP and PSP. The revised
PSP will vest based 75% on EPS and retain 25% dependent on the
current relative TSR measure. The Committee will also consider
underlying ROIC performance over the performance period when
assessing the outcome of the PSP.
2. Provide a tougher and simpler performance range that is consistent
with sector peer practice by adopting a three-year absolute EPS range
of 6% - 12% p.a. rather than the current RPI+ 3% to 7% p.a. condition.
3. Reduce the threshold vesting under both share plans to 20% from
the current 25% of maximum – a material strengthening of the
whole performance range.
4. Align the CEO’s total package more closely with competitive market
norms by increasing his PSP award by 50% of salary.
5. Strengthen the CEO’s alignment with long-term shareholder interests
by doubling his shareholding requirement to 200% of salary.
The Committee is satisfied that the revised package provides a much
simpler set of LTIPs that are more directly aligned with the company’s
strategic goals and long-term shareholder interests.
Statement of implementation
of Remuneration Policy in the
following year
The Remuneration Policy will be implemented from
the 2015 AGM in accordance with the policy as
follows:
Base salary
Following the year-end review, the Committee made the following base
salary decisions to take effect from 1 January 2015 which are in line
with the disclosed policy in this report.
2014
base salary
£’000
2015
base salary
£’000
Simon Litherland
John Gibney
560.0
360.0
580.0
374.4
Increase
3.6%
4.0%
In reviewing salary for 2015 the Committee took into account a range
of factors including the typical salary increase made for GB-based
employees of 2% to 4%.
Benefits and pension
Implemented in line with policy.
Annual Bonus
Implemented in line with policy. The performance measures and
weightings are:
• Profit before tax (50%)
• Revenue (20%)
• Free cash flow (30%)
Target award amounts for the CEO and CFO are 70% and 60% of
base salary respectively, and maximum award values are 140% and
120% of base salary.
The Committee is of the view that the performance targets under the
bonus plan are commercially sensitive and that it would be detrimental
to the interests of the company to disclose them before the start of the
financial year. Disclosure of targets in advance could lead the company
to be at a disadvantage as many competitors are not subject to the
same levels of disclosure. Targets and the performance against them
will be disclosed in the remuneration report following the end of the
financial year.
Governance Annual report on remuneration (continued)
65
Long-term incentive plans (PSP and ESOP)
Implemented in line with policy.
Following the year-end review, the Committee has determined that subject to shareholder approval at the AGM the following awards be made
in 2014/15 in line with the disclosed policy of this report:
Award at
threshold
vesting, 20%
of maximum
(% salary)
Award at
maximum
vesting (% of
salary)
Estimated
Face value of
awards
£’000
60%
300%
£1,680
30%
150%
£840
Award type
Performance measure
Share options
Simon
Litherland
Performance
shares
Threshold vesting for EPS growth
of 6% p.a.
Maximum vesting for EPS growth
of 12% p.a.
EPS growth (75% weighting):
Threshold vesting for EPS growth
of 6% p.a.
Maximum vesting for EPS growth
of 12% p.a.
Relative TSR (25% weighting):
Threshold payout for ranking at
median vs the comparator group
of 18 companies and maximum
payout for ranking at or above the
upper quartile.
Threshold vesting for EPS growth
of 6% p.a.
Share options
Maximum vesting for EPS growth
of 12% p.a.
50%
250%
£900
John Gibney
Performance
shares
EPS growth (75% weighting):
Threshold vesting for EPS growth
of 6% p.a.
Maximum vesting for EPS growth
of 12% p.a.
Relative TSR (25% weighting):
Threshold payout for ranking at
median vs the comparator group
of 18 companies and maximum
payout for ranking at or above the
upper quartile
20%
100%
£360
Performance
Period
3 years
commencing
29th September
2014
3 years
commencing
29th September
2014
3 years
commencing
29th September
2014
3 years
commencing
29th September
2014
Note
1: EPS will be measured using adjusted diluted earnings per ordinary share.
2: The option exercise price will be disclosed retrospectively next year after the options have been granted under the ESOP.
3: The Committee will also consider underlying ROIC over the performance period when assessing the vesting of the PSP to ensure it remains satisfactory.
4: The relative TSR comparator group is currently made up of the following 18 companies; AG Barr plc, Associated British Foods, C&C Group, Dairy Crest, Diageo, Fuller
Smith & Turner, Glanbia, Greencore, Greene King, Marston’s, Nichols, Origin Enterprises, Premier Foods, Reckitt Benckiser, SABMiller, Smith & Nephew, Tate and Lyle,
Wetherspoon.
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationGovernance 66 Governance Annual report on remuneration (continued)
Single total figure of Directors remuneration (subject to audit)
Non-Executive Directors
Details of the total fees paid to Non-Executive Directors and the Chairman for the year ended 28 September 2014 and 29 September 2013 are
set out in the table below.
Basic Fee
£’000
Remuneration
Committee
Chair fee
£’000
Audit
Committee
Chair fee
£’000
Nomination
Committee
Chair fee
£’000
SID fee
£’000
Total fees paid
£’000
2014
2013
2014
2013
2014
2013
2014
2013
2014
2013
2014
2013
Joanne Averiss
Ben Gordon
Bob Ivell
Michael Shallow*
Ian McHoul**
Silvia Lagnado***
50.7
50.7
50.9
39.4
27.5
15.7
49.7
49.7
49.7
49.7
-
-
Gerald Corbett
230.0
213.7
* Michael Shallow resigned on 1 July 2014
** Ian McHoul was appointed on 10 March 2014
*** Silvia Lagnado was appointed on 2 June 2014
-
-
-
-
8.0
8.0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6.2
4.3
-
-
-
-
-
8.0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
8.0
8.0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
50.7
50.7
66.9
45.6
31.8
15.7
49.7
49.7
65.7
57.7
-
-
230.0
213.7
Executive Directors
The table below sets out the total and a breakdown of the remuneration received by each Executive during the year under review. Additional
details of each component are set out below the table.
Salary
Benefits
Annual Bonus
LTIP
Pension or cash in lieu
Total
Simon Litherland
John Gibney
2014
(£’000)
546.2
21.1
552.0
672.0
139.5
2013
(£’000)
307.5
27.8
703.8
-
75.5
2014
(£’000)
355.9
20.5
308.3
923.9
80.9
1,930.8
1,114.6
1,689.5
2013
(£’000)
339.6
22.5
401.1
-
74.6
837.8
i) Base salary - Corresponds to the amounts received during the year
During the year under review Simon Litherland’s salary was increased from £510,000 to £560,000 on 1 January 2014 and John Gibney’s
salary was increased from £345,000 to £360,000 on 1 January 2014. The 2013 salary for the CEO relates to salary paid following Simon
Litherland’s appointment in February 2013.
ii)
Benefits - Corresponds to the taxable value of all benefits paid in respect of the year
Benefits comprise car allowance, private medical assurance, life assurance, free and matching shares under the Share Incentive Plan. For
2013, Simon Litherland became eligible for a payment of £20,000 in September 2013 as per his employment terms as MD GB prior to his
appointment as CEO. This payment was made in November 2013 following approval by the Committee and is included in the single figure
above.
iii) Annual bonus - Corresponds to the total bonus earned under the bonus plan in respect of 2014 performance
Governance Annual report on remuneration (continued)
67
iii) Annual bonus (continued)
The table below sets out the bonus outcome for each Executive and the respective performance targets and performance against these.
Performance
measure
PBT
Revenue
Free cash flow
Total
Weighting
(% of
bonus
maximum)
Performance
required for
target payout
Actual
performance
£128.5m
£132.9m
£1,397.0m
£1,359.7m
£82.0m
£88.9m
50%
20%
30%
100%
2014 maximum
bonus opportunity
(% of salary)
CFO
CEO
70%
28%
42%
60%
24%
36%
140%
120%
2014 bonus
earned
(£’000)
2014 bonus
earned
(% of salary)
CEO
CFO
CEO
323
0
229
552
180
0
128
308
59%
0%
42%
101%
CFO
51%
0%
36%
87%
iv) Long-term incentives
Vesting outcome and estimated value of the ESOP and PSP with three year performance periods ending on 28 September 2014.
ESOP
Simon
Litherland
Performance
conditions and
targets set
Threshold vesting for EPS growth
of RPI + 3% p.a.
Maximum
potential value
Performance outcome
Level of
award
vesting
(% of
maximum)
Total
value of
vesting
(£‘000)
Number
of shares
Maximum vesting for EPS growth
of RPI + 7% p.a.
200% of salary
Vesting is on a straight line basis
between threshold and maximum.
EPS growth in excess
of RPI of 5.4% p.a. was
achieved
69.0%
415.2
120,692
John Gibney
Exercise price for the options is
331.6 pence.
250% of salary
69.0%
570.9
165,946
Performance
conditions and
targets set
Maximum
potential value
Performance
outcome
Level
of award
vesting
Total
value of
vesting
(£‘000)
Number
of shares
PSP
Simon
Litherland
Relative TSR (50% weighting):
Threshold payout for raking at
median vs the comparator group
of 18 companies and maximum
payout for ranking at or above the
upper quartile.
ROIC (50% weighting): Threshold
payout for total ROIC of 21.5%
over the three year performance
period and maximum payout for
ROIC of 22.3%
80% of salary
Britvic’s TSR was
positioned above upper
quartile vs the comparator
group resulting in a vesting
of 50%.
3 year average ROIC of
20.7% p.a. was achieved
resulting in 0% of the total
award vesting.
Rolled up dividends earned
over the period are included
within the total value of the
vesting award.
50%
256.8
37,980
50%
353.0
52,221
John Gibney
Vesting is on a straight line basis
between threshold and maximum.
100% of salary
Note
1: The combined PSP and ESOP vesting values were estimated at £672,000 for Simon Litherland and £923,900 for John Gibney.
2: A share price estimate of 676.0p was used to calculate the value of the above awards which is based on the average share price over the last quarter of the financial year.
3: The relative TSR comparator group is made up of the following 18 companies; AG Barr plc, Associated British Foods, C&C Group, Dairy Crest, Diageo, Fuller Smith & Turner,
Glanbia, Greencore, Greene King, Marston’s, Nichols, Origin Enterprises, Premier Foods, Reckitt Benckiser, SABMiller, Smith & Nephew, Tate and Lyle, Wetherspoon.
4: Threshold vesting is set at 25% of maximum.
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationGovernance 68 Governance Annual report on remuneration (continued)
Total pension entitlements (subject to audit)
The table below sets out the value of the cash allowance paid to Directors for the year under review and the increase in value of the accrued
pension.
Value of cash allowance
paid during year to
28 September 2014
(£’000)
Value of pension accrued
during the year to
28 September 2014
(£’000)
Total value of pension for
year ending 28 September 2014
shown in Total Single Figure table.
(£’000)
Simon Litherland
John Gibney
139.5
80.9
Nil
Nil
139.5
80.9
Simon Litherland’s and John Gibney’s normal retirement age is 60.
John Gibney continues to have a deferred pension in the defined benefit section of the Plan and also the Britvic Executive Top Up Scheme
(‘BETUS’), the company’s unfunded retirement benefits scheme. Both the Plan and BETUS are closed to future accrual on 10 April 2011. The
total accrued pension and transfer value in the combined Plan and BETUS are £202,300 p.a. and £4.26m respectively, as at 28 September
2014. They have been calculated based on entitlements accrued to 10 April 2011 but using market conditions at 28 September 2014. These
figures also include increases to accrued pension since the date of leaving defined benefit service for this member, as required under the rules
of the Plan and BETUS. The aim of these increases is to increase the benefits in line with price inflation between the date of leaving pensionable
service in the Plan and BETUS and the date when benefits are drawn. The increase due on the 1 October 2014 has been included in the
above figures.
In line with all members of the defined benefits section of the Plan, John Gibney may benefit from the Enhanced Early Retirement Facility
(‘EERF’) which allows the Plan members to retire within five years of reaching normal pension age without a reduction in their pension. The
EERF includes benefits payable from BETUS and is non-contractual. Continuation of the EERF formed part of the agreement with the Plan
trustee on the closure of the defined benefit section of the Plan. The company has given notice to all of the Plan members that the EERF will be
withdrawn by 5 April 2016.
Where a BETUS member is retiring, the Committee may consider offering a discounted one-off cash settlement to the member at the point of
retirement to reduce the company’s balance sheet exposure to the BETUS liability.
The cash allowance payable to the executives:
• Reflects contributions the company would have made to the defined contribution section of the Plan had these individuals elected to join,
less a deduction to ensure the cash allowance is cost neutral to the company from a National Insurance perspective.
• Is paid at a rate of 24.6% of pensionable pay (base salary only) for the CEO and 22.0% of pensionable pay (base salary only) to the CFO.
Outside appointments
Simon Litherland is a Director of The British Soft Drinks Association. John Gibney is a Director of Interactive Screen Media Limited.
Governance Annual report on remuneration (continued)
69
Scheme interests awarded during the year (subject to audit)
The following tables set out the ESOP and PSP awards granted to Executive Directors under the LTIP during the year under review (2013/14).
All awards are subject to performance conditions:
ESOP
Performance conditions
and targets set
Threshold vesting for EPS growth of
RPI + 3% p.a.
Award at
threshold
vesting, 25%
of maximum
(% salary)
Maximum
potential value
Face value
of awards
(£’000)
Performance period
Simon
Litherland
Maximum vesting for EPS growth of
RPI + 7% p.a.
75%
300% of salary
1,680
Vesting is on a straight line basis
between threshold and maximum.
John Gibney
Exercise price for the options is
664.5pence.
62.5%
250% of salary
900
3 years commencing 29th
September 2013
PSP
Performance conditions
and targets set
Award at
threshold
vesting, 25%
of maximum
(% salary)
Maximum
potential value
Face value
of awards
(£’000)
Performance period
Simon
Litherland
Relative TSR (50% weighting):
Threshold payout for raking at
median vs the comparator group of
18 companies and maximum payout
for ranking at or above the upper
quartile.
ROIC (50% weighting): Threshold
payout for total ROIC of 21.5% over
the three year performance period
and maximum payout for ROIC of
22.3%.
25%
100% of salary
560
3 years commencing 29th
September 2013
John Gibney
Vesting is on a straight line basis
between threshold and maximum.
25%
100% of salary
360
Note
1: The share price used to determine the award levels for the PSP and ESOP was 664.5p
2: The relative TSR comparator group is made up of the following 18 companies; AG Barr plc, Associated British Foods, C&C Group, Dairy Crest, Diageo, Fuller Smith &
Turner, Glanbia, Greencore, Greene King, Marston’s, Nichols, Origin Enterprises, Premier Foods, Reckitt Benckiser, SABMiller, Smith & Nephew, Tate and Lyle,
Wetherspoon.
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationGovernance 70 Governance Annual report on remuneration (continued)
Directors’ shareholding requirements and interests in shares (subject to audit)
The table below sets out the shareholding and requirements as at 28 September 2014. A shareholding requirement of 100% of salary has
applied to the CEO and CFO. The CEO was appointed to role in February 2013 and therefore currently has a shareholding of 40% of salary. As
such he may not sell any vested shares from the company LTIPs (except to settle taxes and the payment of exercise prices) until the
shareholding requirement has been satisfied. The CFO has a shareholding in the company of 472% which is in excess of the requirement.
Provided the new Remuneration Policy is approved at the January 2015 AGM, the CEO’s shareholding requirement for the 2014/15 year and
beyond will be 200% of base salary.
Interest in shares in the Company as at 28 September 2014
Ordinary shares
Total shares
% of salary1
Performance
shares
Subject to
performance
conditions
Share options
Subject to
performance
conditions
Vested but
unexercised
Exercised in
the period
Simon Litherland
John Gibney
Gerald Corbett
Joanne Averiss
Ben Gordon
Bob Ivell
Ian McHoul
Silvia Lagnado
32,592
244,636
53,695
14,696
11,393
10,870
10,000
-
40%
472%
266,009
228,817
763,045
572,046
-
-
284,879
405,746
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1. Based on 12 month average share price of 694.47p and 100% of salary as at 28 September 2014.
In the period 29 September to 25 November 2014 there has been no change in the directors’ interests above other than through the monthly purchases in October and
November partnership and matching shares under the Share Incentive Plan.
Performance graph and table
The graph below shows the Total Shareholder Return (TSR) for Britvic plc and the FTSE 250 excluding investment trusts over the five year
period ended 28 September 2014. The table overleaf shows total remuneration for the Chief Executive over the same period.
Britvic’s Historical TSR Performance Growth in the value of a hypothetical £100
FTSE 250 Excluding Investment Trusts
Britvic
£250
£200
£150
£100
£50
£0
27 Sept 2009
03 Oct 2010
02 Oct 2011
30 Sept 2012
29 Sept 2013
28 Sept 2014
Governance Annual report on remuneration (continued)
71
The committee considers the FTSE 250 (excluding Investment Trust Index) is a relevant index for total shareholder return as it represents a
broad equity index in which the company is a constituent member.
Remuneration history for Chief Executive from 2010 to 2014
£’000
Simon Litherland total single figure of remuneration
2010
n/a
2011
n/a
Paul Moody total single figure of remuneration
1,955.3
1,819.7
Bonus (% of maximum)
95%
0%
2012
n/a
670.1
0%
LTIP (% of maximum)
100%
(ESOP 100%
PSP 100%)
89.6%
(ESOP 86%
PSP 91%)
0%
(ESOP 0%
PSP 0%)
2013
2014
1,930.8
n/a
72.2%
63.6%
(ESOP 69.0%
PSP 50%)
1,114.6
1,412.6
98.6%
for Simon
Litherland
0% for
Paul Moody
0% for
Paul Moody
(ESOP 0%
PSP 0%)
n/a for
Simon
Litherland
Percentage change in remuneration for CEO
The table below shows how the percentage change in the Chief Executive’s salary, benefits and bonus between 2013 and 2014 compared
with the percentage change in the average of each of those components for all full-time equivalent employees based in Great Britain (GB). The
GB employee workforce was chosen as a suitable comparator group as the CEO is based in GB (albeit with a global role and responsibilities)
and pay changes across the Group vary widely depending on local market conditions.
Element
Base salary
Taxable benefits
Bonus
Chief Executive
% increase
GB Employees
% increase
3.6%
22.6%
(21.6)%
3.5%
5.1%
(13.4)%
Relative importance of spend on pay
The following chart sets out this information as it applies to the company, comparing figures for the year under review and the previous year.
Profit after tax and capital expenditure are also shown below for context. For the purposes of this table capital expenditure is defined as net
cash flow from the purchase and sale of both tangible and intangible assets:
Distribution statement
x
e
p
a
C
% change
64.2%
FY14
FY13
£57.3m
£34.9m
1
x
a
t
r
e
t
f
a
t
u
o
y
a
p
t
fi
o
r
P
d
n
e
d
v
D
i
i
% change
20.9%
FY14
FY13
% change
10.1%
FY14
FY13
£46.8m
£42.5m
£99.9m
£82.6m
% change
0.8%
y
r
a
a
S
l
l
l
o
r
FY14
FY13
£120.4m
£119.4m
Note
1: The profit after tax is before the deduction of exceptional and other items.
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationGovernance
72 Governance Annual report on remuneration (continued)
Statement of voting outcomes at general meeting
The table below sets out the votes received for the Directors Remuneration Report at the AGM in 2014.
Directors’ Remuneration Report
Votes for
Votes against
2013
174,219,763
(90.41%)
9,661,732
(5.01%)
Withheld
8,809,241
(4.57%)
Payments made to past Directors (subject to audit)
No payments were made to past Directors during the year.
Payments made for loss of office (subject to audit)
No payments were made for loss of office during the year.
Directors’ contracts
Details of the Executives’ service contracts and the Non-Executive Directors letters of appointment are set out below. All directors’ service
contracts and letters of appointment are available for inspection at the company’s registered office and at the AGM up until the start of the
meeting.
Directors
Simon Litherland
John Gibney
Gerald Corbett**
Joanne Averiss**
Ben Gordon**
Bob Ivell**
Michael Shallow*
Ian McHoul*
Silvia Lagnado*
Effective date
of contract
14 February 2013
14 December 2005
14 December 2014
14 December 2014
14 April 2014
14 December 2014
14 December 2011
10 March 2014
2 June 2014
Unexpired term
(approx. months)
12
12
36
36
28
36
-
30
33
Executive Directors contracts operate on a 12 month rolling basis.
*
Michael Shallow stepped down from the board on 1 July 2014 and Ian McHoul and Silvia Lagnado were appointed to the board on the 10 March 2014 and 2 June 2014,
respectively.
** The Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment have been extended for a further three year term to 14 December 2017 with the exception of Ben Gordon whose
letter of appointment has been extended to 14 April 2017.
On behalf of the board
Bob Ivell
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
making life’s everyday moments more enjoyable
working out
73
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationGovernance 74
Governance
Directors’ report
The directors present their report and the audited consolidated
financial statements of the company and the group for the year ended
28 September 2014.
Business model and strategy
The group’s business model and strategy are summarised on pages
6 to 7.
Results and dividends
The group’s profit before taxation attributable to the equity
shareholders amounted to £120.1m (2013: £82.6m) and the profit
after taxation amounted to £89.7m (2013: £61.9m).
An interim dividend of 6.1p (2013: 5.4p) per ordinary share was paid
on 11 July 2014.
The directors have proposed a final dividend of 14.8p (2013: 13.0p)
per ordinary share payable on 6 February 2015 to shareholders on
the register at the close of business on 5 December 2014, giving a
total dividend in respect of 2014 of 20.9p (2013: 18.4p ).
2015 Annual general meeting
The AGM will be held at Nomura, One Angel Lane, London EC4R
3AB at 11.00am on 27 January 2015. Details of the resolutions to be
proposed at the AGM are set out in the separate circular which has
been sent to all shareholders with this annual report.
Articles of Association
The company’s articles may only be amended by a special resolution
at a general meeting of shareholders. No amendments to the articles
are being proposed at the AGM.
Directors
The following were directors of the company during the year: Gerald
Corbett, Simon Litherland, John Gibney, Joanne Averiss, Ben Gordon,
Bob Ivell, Ian McHoul (appointed 10 March 2014), Silvia Lagnado
(appointed 2 June 2014) and Michael Shallow (resigned on 1 July 2014).
Subject to company law and the company’s articles, the directors
may exercise all of the powers of the company and may delegate
their power and discretion to committees. The Executive Team is
responsible for the day-to-day management of the group.
The articles give the directors power to appoint and replace directors.
Under the terms of reference of the Nomination Committee, any
appointment must be recommended by the Nomination Committee for
approval by the board. The articles also require directors to retire and
submit themselves for election to the first annual general meeting
following appointment and to retire at the AGM held in the third calendar
year after election or last re-election, but to comply with the UK
Corporate Governance Code all of the directors will submit themselves
for election (Silvia and Ian) or re-election at the AGM. The biographical
details of the directors are set out on page 34 and 35 of this report.
Directors’ interests
The directors’ interests in ordinary shares of the company are shown
within the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 70. No director has
any other interest in any shares or loan stock of any group company.
Other than Joanne Averiss, who is a director of a number of PepsiCo’s
subsidiaries, no director was or is materially interested in any contract,
other than his service contract, which was subsisting during or existing at
the end of year and which was significant in relation to the group’s
business. Further details of Joanne Averiss’ appointments are set out on
page 35 and 39 in the Corporate Governance Report.
Directors’ liabilities
As at the date of this report, customary indemnities are in place under
which the company has agreed, to the extent permitted by law and
the company’s articles, to indemnify:
• The directors, in respect of all losses arising out of, or in connection
with, the execution of their powers, duties and responsibilities as
directors of the company or any of its subsidiaries; and
• Directors of companies which are corporate trustees of the group’s
pension schemes, against liability incurred in connection with those
companies’ activities as trustees of such schemes.
Directors’ remuneration
The Remuneration Committee, on behalf of the board, has adopted a
policy that aims to attract and retain the directors needed to run the
group effectively. The policy is contained within the Directors’
Remuneration Report on pages 51 to 72.
People
For information on our people see pages 8 and 9 in the Strategic
Report.
Political donations
No political donations were made by the group and its subsidiaries
(2013: Nil).
Major shareholders
As at 25 November 2014 the company has been notified, pursuant to
DTR5 of the Financial Conduct Authority’s Disclosure and
Transparency Rules, of the following notifiable voting rights in its
ordinary share capital:
Number of
ordinary
shares
Percentage
of voting
rights
Nature of
holding
24,832,016
10.044% Direct/Indirect
Standard Life
Investments Ltd
Kames Capital
12,295,181
4.97% Direct/Indirect
PepsiCo, Inc.
11,813,032
APG Asset
Management N.V.
10,053,317
4.88%
4.07%
Direct
Direct
9,983,560
4.038%
Direct
TIAA-CREF
Investment
Management,
LLC
Governance Directors’ report (continued)
75
Share capital
The company’s issued share capital comprised a single class of
shares divided into ordinary shares of 20 pence each (referred to as
“ordinary shares”). Full details of the ordinary shares in issue are given
in note 21 to the financial statements on page 110.
Rights and restrictions attaching
to shares
On a show of hands at a general meeting of the company, every
holder of ordinary shares present in person and entitled to vote shall
have one vote, and on a poll, every member present in person or by
proxy and entitled to vote shall have one vote for every ordinary share
held. Any notice of general meeting issued by the company will
specify deadlines for exercising voting rights and in appointing a proxy
or proxies in relation to resolutions to be proposed at the general
meeting. All proxy votes are counted and the numbers for, against or
withheld in relation to each resolution are announced at the general
meeting and published on the company’s website after the meeting.
There are no restrictions on the transfer of ordinary shares in the
company other than:
Financial risk management
It is the group’s objective to manage its financial risk so as to minimise
the adverse fluctuations in the financial markets on the group’s reported
profitability and cash flows. The policies for managing each of the group’s
main financial risk areas are referred to in the Treasury Management
section of the Chief Financial Officer’s Review on page 19, and in
more detail within note 25 of the consolidated financial statements.
Research and development
The group carries out research and development necessary to support
its principal activities as a manufacturer and distributor of soft drinks.
Directors’ statement as to
disclosure of information to auditors
So far as each director is aware, there is no relevant audit information
(as defined by the Companies Act 2006) of which the auditors are
unaware. Each director has taken all steps that ought to be taken by
a director to make himself aware of, and to establish, that the auditors
are aware of any relevant audit information.
• Certain restrictions which may from time to time be imposed by
laws and regulations (for example, insider trading laws); and
• Pursuant to the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority
and Britvic’s share dealing code whereby certain employees of the
group require the approval of the company to deal in its ordinary
shares.
A copy of the financial statements is placed on the company’s website.
The maintenance and integrity of this website is the responsibility of
the directors. The work carried out by the auditors does not involve
consideration of these matters and, accordingly, the auditors accept
no responsibility for any changes that may have occurred to the
financial statements since they were initially presented on the website.
The company is not aware of any agreements between shareholders
that may result in restrictions on the transfer of securities and/or
voting rights.
Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and
dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in
other jurisdictions.
Shares held in employee benefit trusts
Under the rules of the Britvic Share Incentive Plan (‘the Plan’) eligible
employees are entitled to acquire shares in the company. Plan shares
are held in trust for participants by Equiniti Share Plan Trustees
Limited (‘the Trustees’). Voting rights are exercised by the Trustees on
receipt of participants’ instructions. If a participant does not submit an
instruction to the Trustees no vote is registered. In addition, the
Trustees do not vote on any unawarded shares held under the Plan
as surplus assets. As at 25 November 2014, the Trustees held 0.19%
(2013: 0.07%) of the issued share capital of the company.
Similarly, if First Names (Jersey) Limited, as Trustee of the Britvic
Employee Benefit Trust (‘the Trustee’), holds ordinary shares on trust
for the benefit of the executive directors, senior executives and
managers of the group, a dividend waiver is in place. The Trustee is
not permitted to vote on any unvested shares held in the trust unless
expressly directed to do so by the company. The Trustee did not hold
any ordinary shares as at 25 November 2014 (2013: Nil).
Change of control provisions
There are no agreements between the company and its directors or
employees providing for compensation for loss of office or
employment (whether through resignation, purported redundancy or
otherwise) that occurs because of a takeover bid. The company’s
banking arrangements are terminable upon a change of control of the
company. Certain other indebtedness becomes repayable if a change
of control leads to a downgrade in the credit rating of the company.
The company’s agreements with PepsiCo are terminable upon a
change of control, details of which are included on page 28.
Going concern
In presenting the financial statements on a going concern basis, the
directors have considered both the business activities and principal
risks and uncertainties as set out in the Strategic Report on pages 28
to 29. In addition, the directors have considered the following factors:
the group’s ability to generate cash flows, the financial resources available
to it, headroom under bank covenants, and exposure to credit risk.
Based on the group’s cash flow forecasts and projections, the board
is satisfied that the group will be able to operate within the level of its
facilities for the foreseeable future. For this reason, the group continues
to apply the going concern basis in preparing its financial statements.
Auditors
Ernst & Young LLP have indicated their willingness to accept
re-appointment as auditors of the company and a resolution proposing
their re-appointment is contained in the Notice of AGM and will be put
to the shareholders at the forthcoming AGM.
By order of the board
Clare Thomas
Company Secretary
25 November 2014
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernanceOther informationGovernance 76
Governance
Statement of directors’
responsibilities
Each of the directors, whose names and functions are listed on pages
34 and 35, confirms that:
• to the best of their knowledge, the consolidated financial
statements and the company financial statements, which have
been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB and
IFRS as adopted by the EU and UK GAAP respectively, give a true
and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of
the company on a consolidated and individual basis;
• to the bet of their knowledge, the Strategic Report contained in the
annual report and accounts includes a fair review of the
development and performance of the business and the position of
the company on a consolidated and individual basis, together with
a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces;
and
• they consider the annual report and accounts, taken as a whole, is
fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information
necessary for shareholders to assess the company’s performance,
business model and strategy.
Simon Litherland
Chief Executive Officer
25 November 2014
John Gibney
Chief Financial Officer
25 November 2014
The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and
Accounts, including the consolidated financial statements and the
company financial statements, the Directors’ Report, including the
Remuneration Report and the Strategic Report, in accordance with
applicable law and regulations.
Company law requires the directors to prepare financial statements
for each financial year. Under that law the directors have prepared the
consolidated financial statements in accordance with International
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the EU, and the
company financial statements and the Remuneration Report in
accordance with applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting
Standards (United Kingdom generally accepted accounting practice,
UK GAAP). In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the
directors have also elected to comply with IFRS, issued by the
International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). Under company
law the directors must not approve the financial statements unless
they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of
affairs of the company on a consolidated and individual basis and for
the profit or loss of the company on a consolidated basis for that
period.
In preparing these financial statements, the directors are required to:
• select suitable accounting policies and then apply them
consistently;
• make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
• state that the consolidated financial statements comply with IFRS
as issued by the IASB and IFRS adopted by the EU and, with
regard to company financial statements, that applicable UK
Accounting Standards have been followed, subject to any material
departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements; and
• prepare the consolidated financial statements and company
financial statements on a going concern basis unless it is
inappropriate to presume that the company, on a consolidated and
individual basis, will continue in business, in which case there
should be supporting assumptions or qualifications as necessary.
The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting
records that are sufficient to show and explain the company’s
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the
financial position of the company on a consolidated and individual
basis, and to enable them to ensure that the consolidated financial
statements comply with the Companies Act 2006 and Article 4 of the
IAS Regulation and the company financial statements and the
Remuneration Report comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are
also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the company and its
subsidiaries and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention
and detection of fraud and other irregularities.
The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the
company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the
preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from
legislation in other jurisdictions.
Financial statements
77
03 Financial
statements
Independent auditors report to the members of Britvic plc
78
81 Consolidated income statement
82 Consolidated statement of comprehensive income/(expense)
83 Consolidated balance sheet
84 Consolidated statement of cash flows
85 Consolidated statement of changes in equity
86 Notes to the consolidated financial statements
135 Company balance sheet
136 Notes to the company financial statements
78
Financial statements
Independent auditors report
to the members of Britvic plc
Opinion on financial statements
In our opinion:
• the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the
group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 28 September
2014 and of the group’s profit for the 52 week period then ended;
• the group financial statements have been properly prepared in
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs)
as adopted by the European Union;
• the parent company financial statements have been properly
prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted
Accounting Practice; and
• the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the group
financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.
What we have audited
We have audited the financial statements of Britvic plc for the 52
week period ended 28 September 2014 which comprise the
consolidated income statement, the consolidated statement of
comprehensive income/(expense), the consolidated balance sheet,
the consolidated statement of cash flows, the consolidated statement
of changes in equity and the parent company balance sheet, the
parent company reconciliation of movements in shareholders’ funds
and the related notes. The financial reporting framework that has
been applied in the preparation of the group financial statements is
applicable law and IFRSs as adopted by the European Union. The
financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation
of the parent company financial statements is applicable law and
United Kingdom Accounting Standards (United Kingdom Generally
Accepted Accounting Practice).
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006.
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the
company’s members those matters we are required to state to them
in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to
anyone other than the company and the company’s members as a
body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have
formed.
Respective responsibilities of
directors and auditor
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement
set out on page 76, the directors are responsible for the preparation
of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true
and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on
the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and
International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). Those standards
require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s Ethical
Standards for Auditors.
Scope of the audit of the
financial statements
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable
assurance that the financial statements are free from material
misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an
assessment of: whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the
group’s and the parent company’s circumstances and have been
consistently applied and adequately disclosed; the reasonableness of
significant accounting estimates made by the directors; and the
overall presentation of the financial statements. In addition, we read all
the financial and non-financial information in the annual report to
identify material inconsistencies with the audited financial statements
and to identify any information that is apparently materially incorrect
based on, or materially inconsistent with, the knowledge acquired by
us in the course of performing the audit. If we become aware of any
apparent material misstatements or inconsistencies we consider the
implications for our report.
Our assessment of risk of
material misstatement
We identified the following risks of material misstatement which had the
greatest effect on the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources
in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team:
• the assessment of the carrying value of goodwill and indefinite lived
assets (AC, AP, J&E*);
• the valuation of the group’s derivatives and assessment of hedging
activities (AC, AP, J&E*);
• revenue recognition – in particular the treatment of discounts given
to customers in the form of long term discounts or promotional
discounts and the timing of revenue recognition (AC, AP*);
• the assessment of the assumptions used to assess the obligations
for the defined benefit pension schemes (AC, AP, J&E*); and
• the risk of management override of internal control which we
considered to exist particularly in the areas of revenue discounts,
classification of exceptional and other items and provisions.
* These risks are discussed in other areas of the Annual report as noted by the
following key.
AC – See Audit Committee Report on pages 43 to 45
AP – See note 3 accounting policies on pages 86 to 94
J&E – See note 3 Key judgements and sources of estimation
uncertainty on page 93
Financial statements Independent auditors report to the members of Britvic plc (continued)
79
Our application of materiality
We determined materiality for the group to be £6.3 million (2013: £5.2
million), which is approximately 5% (2013: 5%) of adjusted pre-tax
profit. We used adjusted pre-tax profits to exclude those items classified
as “exceptional and other items” as defined on page 96 of the annual
report because, in our view, this is the most relevant measure of the
underlying financial performance of the group. This provided the basis
for determining the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures,
and identifying and assessing the risk of material misstatement.
On the basis of our risk assessments, together with our assessment
of the group’s overall control environment, our judgement was that
overall performance materiality (i.e. our tolerance for misstatement in
an individual account or balance) for the group should be 75% (2013:
75%) of planning materiality, namely £4.7 million (2013: £3.9 million).
Our objective in adopting this approach was to ensure that the total
corrected and uncorrected audit differences did not exceed our
materiality of £6.3 million for the financial statements as a whole.
Audit work at individual components is undertaken based on a
percentage of our total performance materiality. The performance
materiality set for each component is based on the relative size of the
component and our view of the risk of misstatement at that
component. In the current year the range of performance materiality
allocated to components was £0.5 million to £4.5 million.
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the
Committee all audit differences in excess of £0.32 million (2013:
£0.26 million), as well as differences below that threshold that, in our
view warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.
We evaluate any uncorrected misstatements against both the
quantitative measures of materiality discussed above and in the light
of other relevant qualitative considerations.
An overview of the scope of our
audit
In assessing the risk of material misstatement to the group financial
statements, our group audit scope focused on four operations, of
which two were subject to a full scope audit for the 52 week period
ended 28 September 2014. The remaining two operations were
subject to a specific scope audit, where the extent of the audit work
was based on our assessment of the risk of material misstatement
and the materiality of the group’s business operations at those
operations. Together with the group functions, which were also
subject to a full scope audit these operations represent the principal
business units of the group and account for 98% (2013: 100%) of the
group’s total assets, 93% (2013: 100%) of the group’s revenue and
100% (2013: 100%) of the group’s adjusted profit before tax.
The Senior Statutory Auditor leads the audit at one full scope
operation, which accounts for 93% of profit before tax and both
specific scope locations, as well as the group functions. The group
audit team visited the other full scope location, which accounts for
9% of profit before tax, reviewed key working papers, participated in
the component teams planning including the discussion of fraud and
error and attended the closing meeting.
Our response to the risks of material misstatement identified above
included the following procedures:
The assessment of the carrying value of goodwill and
indefinite lived assets
• we examined management’s methodology and models for assessing
the valuation of significant goodwill and indefinite lived assets;
• we critically assessed and corroborated the key inputs of the
forecast cash flows, the discount rate used, the growth rate
assumed and the historical accuracy of budgets and we used a
valuation specialist to assist us with our consideration of the
discount rate used;
• we evaluated management’s sensitivity analysis by performing our own
sensitivities to gain comfort over the level of headroom in the model;
• for indefinite lived assets where impairments had been recorded in
the past, we challenged management’s assessment of whether
conditions had sufficiently changed in the period to warrant an
impairment reversal; and
• we ensured that the financial statement disclosures met the
requirements of accounting standards.
The valuation of the group’s derivatives and
assessment of hedging activities
• we obtained direct external confirmations of the valuation for each
of the derivative instruments held and agreed these to the fair values
of the derivatives recorded by the group;
• we ensured that the requirements of IAS 39 were met by:
• ensuring the appropriateness of the methodology used by
management to hedge account
• using our own specialists to test a sample of valuations to ensure
that the fair values of the derivatives had been reasonably
calculated; and
• evaluating management’s documentation and assessment of hedge
effectiveness; and
• we ensured that the financial statement disclosures were in
accordance with accounting standards.
Revenue recognition – including the treatment of
discounts given to customers in the form long term
discounts or promotional discounts and the timing of
revenue recognition
• we carried out testing relating to controls over revenue recognition,
including the timing of revenue recognition;
• we tested a sample of long term discounts and promotional
discounts by agreeing balances through to supporting
documentation and ensured that the revenue recognition policies
adopted complied with IFRS;
• we performed analytical procedures, journal entry testing and traced
our revenue transaction testing through to the appropriate discounts
to ensure the completeness of the amount of discounts recorded;
• we performed revenue transaction testing, which included ensuring
that, where necessary, the transaction had been appropriately
recorded in the income statement;
• we performed cut-off testing on customer delivery notes around the
period end and journal testing around revenue; and
• we ensured that the financial statement disclosures were in
accordance with accounting standards.
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 80 Financial statements Independent auditors report to the members of Britvic plc (continued)
In particular, we are required to consider whether we have identified
any inconsistencies between our knowledge acquired during the
Audit and the Directors’ Statement that they consider the annual
report is fair, balanced and understandable and whether the annual
report appropriately discloses those matters that we communicated
to the Audit Committee which we consider should have been
disclosed.
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in
our opinion:
• adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent
company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received
from branches not visited by us; or
• the parent company financial statements and the part of the
Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement
with the accounting records and returns; or
• certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are
not made; or
• we have not received all the information and explanations we require
for our audit; or
• a Corporate Governance Report has not been prepared by the
company.
Under the Listing Rules we are required to review:
• the Directors’ Statement, set out on page 75, in relation to going
concern; and
• the part of the Corporate Governance Report relating to the
company’s compliance with the nine provisions of the UK Corporate
Governance Code specified for our review.
Simon O’Neill (Senior statutory auditor)
for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP, Statutory Auditor
Birmingham
25 November 2014
The assumptions used to the assess the obligations
for the defined benefit pension schemes
• we challenged the key actuarial assumptions used by management
in determining the pension obligation under IAS 19(R) and we used
a pensions specialist to assist us with this procedure;
• we understood and challenged management’s input into the
assumptions underpinning the liability; and
• we ensured that the financial statement disclosures were in
accordance with accounting standards.
The risk of management override of internal control
• we performed tailored procedures, including analytical procedures
and journal entry testing, sufficient to address the identified risk in
respect of subjective areas which were considered to be most
susceptible to management override which we considered to be
revenue discounts, classification of exceptional and other items and
provisions.
There has been no change from the prior year in the areas which had
the greatest effect on the overall audit strategy.
Opinion on other matters
prescribed by the Companies
Act 2006
In our opinion:
• the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has
been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act
2006; and
• the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’
Report for the financial period for which the financial statements are
prepared is consistent with the financial statements;
• the information given in the Corporate Governance Report set out
on page 33 with respect to internal control and risk management
systems in relation to financial reporting processes and about share
capital structures is consistent with the financial statements.
Matters on which we are
required to report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following:
Under the ISAs (UK and Ireland), we are required to report to you if, in
our opinion, information in the annual report is:
• materially inconsistent with the information in the audited financial
statements; or
• apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent
with, our knowledge of the group acquired in the course of
performing our audit; or
• is otherwise misleading.
Notes:
1. The maintenance and integrity of the Britvic plc web site is the responsibility of the
directors; the work carried out by the auditors does not involve consideration of
these matters and, accordingly, the auditors accept no responsibility for any
changes that may have occurred to the financial statements since they were
initially presented on the web site.
2. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of
financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.
Financial statements
Consolidated income statement
For the 52 weeks ended 28 September 2014
81
52 weeks ended
28 September 2014
52 weeks ended
29 September 2013
Before
exceptional &
other items
£m
Exceptional
& other
items*
£m
Note
Total
£m
Before
exceptional &
other items
£m
Exceptional
& other
items*
£m
Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Selling and distribution costs
Administration expenses
Operating profit/(loss)
Finance costs
Profit/(loss) before tax
Taxation
Profit/(loss) for the period
attributable to the equity
shareholders
Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share
Adjusted basic earnings per share**
Adjusted diluted earnings per share**
* See note 5.
6
9
10
11
11
11
11
1,344.4
(617.5)
726.9
(370.4)
(198.4)
158.1
(25.2)
132.9
(33.0)
99.9
-
-
-
-
(12.8)
(12.8)
-
(12.8)
2.6
(10.2)
-
-
-
-
(26.2)
(26.2)
0.7
(25.5)
4.8
(20.7)
1,344.4
1,321.9
(646.9)
675.0
(351.5)
(188.5)
135.0
(26.9)
108.1
(25.5)
82.6
(617.5)
726.9
(370.4)
(211.2)
145.3
(25.2)
120.1
(30.4)
89.7
36.5p
36.2p
41.8p
41.5p
Total
£m
1,321.9
(646.9)
675.0
(351.5)
(214.7)
108.8
(26.2)
82.6
(20.7)
61.9
25.5p
25.3p
35.2p
34.9p
** Adjusted basic and diluted earnings per share measures have been adjusted by adding back exceptional & other items (see notes 5 and 11) and amortisation relating to
acquired intangible assets (see note 14).
All activities relate to continuing operations.
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 82
Financial statements
Consolidated statement of comprehensive
income/(expense)
For the 52 weeks ended 28 September 2014
52 weeks
ended
28 September
2014
£m
52 weeks
ended
29 September
2013
£m
Note
Profit for the period attributable to the equity shareholders
89.7
61.9
Other comprehensive income/(expense):
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Remeasurement losses on defined benefit pension schemes
Deferred tax on defined benefit pension schemes
Current tax on additional pension contributions
Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss
Losses in the period in respect of cash flow hedges
Amounts recycled to the income statement in respect of cash flow hedges
Deferred tax in respect of cash flow hedges accounted for in the hedging reserve
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
Tax on exchange differences accounted for in the translation reserve
Deferred tax on other temporary differences
23
10a
10a
26
26
10a
26
10a
10a
(12.3)
(2.0)
4.5
(9.8)
(11.9)
10.5
0.1
(3.9)
0.7
0.1
(4.4)
(32.4)
4.4
3.1
(24.9)
(1.4)
0.1
0.4
-
(2.9)
0.2
(3.6)
Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the period, net of tax
(14.2)
(28.5)
Total comprehensive income for the period attributable to the equity shareholders
75.5
33.4
Financial statements
Consolidated balance sheet
As at 28 September 2014
83
Assets
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Other receivables
Other financial assets
Pension asset
Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Other financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Non-current assets held for sale
Total assets
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Bank overdrafts
Interest bearing loans and borrowings
Other financial liabilities
Current income tax payable
Provisions
Other current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Interest bearing loans and borrowings
Deferred tax liabilities
Pension liability
Other financial liabilities
Provisions
Other non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
Capital and reserves
Issued share capital
Share premium account
Own shares reserve
Share scheme reserve
Hedging reserve
Translation reserve
Merger reserve
Retained losses
Total equity
Note
13
14
16
26
23
17
18
26
19
20
24
19
22
26
28
27
22
10d
23
26
28
27
21
2014
£m
221.0
299.7
3.0
64.6
-
588.3
84.7
276.9
4.5
144.0
510.1
3.6
1,102.0
(379.7)
(0.7)
(22.4)
(1.6)
(25.4)
(4.1)
(0.4)
(434.3)
(539.9)
(23.3)
(8.4)
(9.9)
(1.6)
(1.5)
(584.6)
(1,018.9)
83.1
49.4
33.5
(2.9)
11.2
1.4
16.4
87.3
(113.2)
83.1
2013
£m
215.7
317.0
3.8
62.5
0.1
599.1
90.8
266.1
12.8
94.0
463.7
-
1,062.8
(381.5)
(2.5)
(91.6)
(1.4)
(17.0)
(10.5)
-
(504.5)
(458.3)
(27.8)
(19.4)
(10.0)
-
(1.9)
(517.4)
(1,021.9)
40.9
49.0
25.0
(1.1)
7.5
2.7
19.6
87.3
(149.1)
40.9
The financial statements were approved by the board of directors and authorised for issue on 25 November 2014. They were signed on its behalf by:
Simon Litherland
Chief Executive Officer
John Gibney
Chief Financial Officer
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements
84
Financial statements
Consolidated statement of cash flows
For the 52 weeks ended 28 September 2014
Cash flows from operating activities
Profit before tax
Finance costs
Other financial instruments
Impairment of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
Depreciation
Amortisation
Share based payments
Net pension charge less contributions
Decrease/(increase) in inventory
Increase in trade and other receivables
Increase in trade and other payables
(Decrease)/increase in provisions
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
Income tax paid
Net cash flows from operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Purchases of intangible assets
Net cash flows used in investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Interest paid
Interest bearing loans drawndown/(repaid)
Repayment of 2007 USPP Notes
Issue of 2014 USPP Notes
Issue costs paid
Issue of shares
Dividends paid to equity shareholders
Net cash flows used in financing activities
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
Exchange rate differences
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period
Note
9
13,14
13
14
29
22
22
12
30
19
2014
£m
120.1
25.2
(1.3)
0.6
31.5
10.4
9.1
(22.9)
3.1
(15.8)
10.5
(4.8)
1.1
(20.2)
146.6
0.7
(49.2)
(8.8)
(57.3)
(24.2)
0.2
(76.8)
105.8
(0.4)
4.9
(46.8)
(37.3)
52.0
91.5
(0.2)
143.3
2013
£m
82.6
26.2
(6.0)
12.9
36.6
7.1
6.2
(17.2)
(14.9)
(4.7)
9.9
10.5
3.8
(11.2)
141.8
0.3
(26.3)
(8.9)
(34.9)
(26.6)
(0.9)
-
-
-
7.1
(42.5)
(62.9)
44.0
47.6
(0.1)
91.5
Financial statements
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
For the 52 weeks ended 28 September 2014
85
Issued
share
capital
£m
48.5
Share
premium
account
£m
Own
shares
reserve
£m
Share
scheme
reserve
£m
17.7
(0.8)
4.2
Hedging
reserve
Translation
reserve
Merger
reserve
Retained
losses
£m
87.3
(145.9)
Total
£m
37.1
At 30 September 2012
Profit for the period
Other comprehensive
income
-
-
-
-
-
-
Issue of shares
0.5
7.3
Own shares utilised for
share schemes
Movement in share
based schemes
Current tax on share
based payments
Deferred tax on share
based payments
Payment of dividend
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(2.1)
1.8
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(1.8)
5.1
-
-
-
£m
3.6
-
(0.9)
(0.9)
-
-
-
-
-
-
£m
22.5
-
(2.9)
(2.9)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
61.9
61.9
(24.7)
(28.5)
37.2
33.4
-
1.4
-
1.0
5.7
1.4
5.1
1.0
(0.3)
(0.3)
(42.5)
(42.5)
At 29 September 2013
49.0
25.0
(1.1)
7.5
Profit for the period
Other comprehensive
income
-
-
-
-
-
-
Issue of shares
0.4
8.5
Own shares utilised for
share schemes
Movement in share
based schemes
Current tax on share
based payments
Deferred tax on share
based payments
Payment of dividend
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(5.4)
3.6
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(3.5)
7.2
-
-
-
2.7
-
(1.3)
(1.3)
19.6
-
(3.2)
(3.2)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
87.3
(149.1)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
89.7
(9.7)
80.0
-
1.3
-
0.8
0.6
(46.8)
At 28 September 2014
49.4
33.5
(2.9)
11.2
1.4
16.4
87.3
(113.2)
40.9
89.7
(14.2)
75.5
3.5
1.4
7.2
0.8
0.6
(46.8)
83.1
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 86
Financial statements
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
1. General information
Britvic plc (the ’company’) is a company incorporated in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006. It is a public limited company
domiciled in England & Wales and its ordinary shares are traded on the London Stock Exchange. Britvic plc and its subsidiaries (together the
‘group’) operate in the soft drinks manufacturing and distribution industry, principally in the United Kingdom, Republic of Ireland and France.
The operating companies of the group are disclosed within note 32.
The financial statements were authorised for issue by the board of directors on 25 November 2014.
2. Statement of compliance
The financial information has been prepared on the basis of applicable International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European
Union (IFRS), as they apply to the financial statements of the group.
3. Accounting policies
Basis of preparation
The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis except where measurement of balances at fair value is
required as explained below. The consolidated financial statements of the group are presented in pounds sterling, which is also the functional
currency of the company, and all values are rounded to the nearest 0.1 million except where otherwise indicated.
Going concern
The directors are confident that it is appropriate for the going concern basis to be adopted in preparing the financial statements. As at 28
September 2014, the consolidated balance sheet is showing a net assets position of £83.1m (29 September 2013: net assets of £40.9m).
Group reserves are low due to the capital restructuring undertaken at the time of flotation. This does not impact on Britvic plc’s ability to make
dividend payments.
The liquidity of the group remains strong in particular with £520.2m of private placement notes with maturity dates between 2014 and 2026
and a £400m bank facility maturing in March 2016. Agreement has been reached to refinance this facility with an expected revised maturity
date of November 2019.
Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements of the group incorporate the financial information of the company and the entities controlled by the
company (its subsidiaries) in accordance with IAS 27 ‘Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements’. The financial statements of
subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the company, using consistent accounting policies. All intra-group transactions,
balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation. The results of subsidiary undertakings acquired or disposed of in the year are
included in the consolidated income statement from the date the group gains control or up to the date control ceases respectively. Control
comprises the power to govern the financial and operating policies of the investee so as to obtain benefit from its activities and is achieved
through direct or indirect ownership of voting rights; currently exercisable or convertible potential voting rights; or by way of contractual
agreement.
Revenue recognition
Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the group and the revenue can be reliably
measured, regardless of when payment is being made.
Revenue is recognised when goods are delivered and accepted by customers, when the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the
goods have passed to the buyer and the amount can be measured reliably.
Revenue is the value of sales, excluding transactions with or between subsidiaries, after the deduction of sales related discounts and rebates,
value added tax and other sales related taxes. Sales related discounts comprise:
• Long term discounts and rebates – which are sales incentives to customers to encourage them to purchase increased volumes and are
related to total volumes purchased and sales growth
• Short term promotional discounts – which are directly related to promotions run by customers
For sales related discounts that must be earned, management make estimates related to customer performance, sales volume and agreed
terms, to determine total amounts earned and to be recorded in deductions from revenue.
Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
87
3. Accounting policies (continued)
Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses. Cost comprises the aggregate
amount paid and the fair value of any other consideration given to acquire the asset and includes costs directly attributable to making the asset
capable of operating as intended. Depreciation is calculated so as to write off the cost of an asset, less its estimated residual value, on a
straight-line basis, over the useful economic life of that asset as follows:
Plant and machinery
Vehicles (included in plant and machinery)
Equipment in retail outlets (included in fixtures, fittings, tools and equipment)
Other fixtures and fittings (included in fixtures, fittings, tools and equipment)
Land is not depreciated.
Freehold properties are depreciated over 50 years.
3 to 20 years
5 to 7 years
5 to 10 years
3 to 10 years
Leasehold properties are depreciated over 50 years, or over the unexpired lease term when this is less than 50 years.
An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise from the
continued use of the asset. Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amount, and are included in
the consolidated income statement in the period of derecognition.
The carrying values of property, plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the
carrying value may not be recoverable and are written down immediately to their recoverable amount. Useful lives and residual amounts are
reviewed annually and where adjustments are required these are made prospectively.
Non-current assets held for sale
The group classifies non-current assets as held for sale if their carrying amounts will be recovered principally through a sale rather than
continuing use. Such non-current assets as held for sale are measured at the lower of their carrying value and fair value less costs to sell.
Property, plant and equipment and intangibles assets are not depreciated or amortised once classified as held for sale.
Assets classified as held for sale are presented separately as current items in the statement of financial position.
Goodwill
While the original acquisition of Britannia Soft Drinks Limited was accounted for under the merger method, business combinations on or after 4
October 2004 have been accounted for under IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’ using the acquisition method. On acquisition, the assets,
liabilities and contingent liabilities of a subsidiary are measured at their fair values at the date of acquisition. Any excess of the cost of acquisition
over the fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired is recognised as goodwill. Any deficiency of the cost of acquisition below the fair
values of the identifiable net assets acquired (discount on acquisition) is credited to the consolidated income statement in the period of
acquisition.
Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is not amortised.
Goodwill is reviewed for impairment at least annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be
impaired. As at the acquisition date, any goodwill acquired is allocated to the group of cash-generating units expected to benefit from the
combination’s synergies by management. Impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the group of cash-generating
units to which the goodwill relates. Where the recoverable amount of the cash-generating units is less than the carrying amount, an impairment
loss is recognised immediately in the consolidated income statement.
On disposal of a subsidiary the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal.
Intangible assets
Software costs
Software expenditure is recognised as an intangible asset only after its technical feasibility and commercial viability can be demonstrated.
Acquired computer software licences and software developed in-house are capitalised on the basis of the costs incurred to acquire and bring
to use the specific software. Costs include resources focussed on delivery of capital projects where the choice has been made to use internal
resource rather than external resources. These costs are amortised over their estimated useful lives of three to seven years on a straight line
basis.
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 88 Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
3. Accounting policies (continued)
Intangible assets (continued)
Trademarks, franchise rights and customer lists
Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial recognition at the fair value of consideration paid. Following initial recognition,
intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation or impairment losses. An intangible asset acquired as part of a business
combination is recognised outside goodwill, at fair value at the date of acquisition, if the asset is separable or arises from contractual or other
legal rights and its fair value can be measured reliably.
The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed to be either finite or indefinite. Amortisation is charged on assets with finite lives on a
straight-line basis over a period appropriate to the asset’s useful life.
The carrying values of intangible assets with finite and indefinite lives are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.
Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are also tested for impairment annually either individually or, if the intangible asset does not generate
cash flows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets, as part of the cash generating unit to which it belongs.
Such intangibles are not amortised. The useful life of an intangible asset with an indefinite life is reviewed annually to determine whether
indefinite life assessment continues to be supportable. If not, the change in the useful life assessment from indefinite to finite is made on a
prospective basis.
Research and development
Research costs are expensed as incurred. Development expenditure is recognised as an intangible asset when the group can demonstrate:
• The technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that the asset will be available for use
• Its intention to complete and its ability to use the asset
• How the asset will generate future economic benefits
• The availability of resources to complete the asset
• The ability to measure reliably the expenditure during development
• The ability to use the intangible asset generated
Following initial recognition of development expenditure as an asset, the asset is carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and
accumulated impairment losses. Amortisation of the asset begins when development is complete and available for use. It is amortised over the
period of expected future benefit. During the period of development, the asset is tested for impairment annually.
Impairment of intangible assets
The group assesses at each reporting date whether there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. If any such indication exists, or when
annual impairment testing for an asset is required, the group makes an estimate of the asset’s recoverable amount. An asset’s recoverable
amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use and is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset
does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets. Where the carrying amount of an
asset exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount. In assessing value in
use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects senior management’s
estimate of the cost of capital. Impairment losses of continuing operations are recognised in the consolidated income statement in those
expense categories consistent with the function of the impaired asset.
An assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is any indication that previously recognised impairment losses may no
longer exist or may have decreased. If such an indication exists, the recoverable amount is estimated. A previously recognised impairment loss
is reversed only if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss
was recognised. If that is the case the carrying amount of the asset is increased to its recoverable amount. That increased amount cannot
exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset in
prior years. Goodwill impairment losses cannot subsequently be reversed.
Inventories and work in progress
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost comprises direct materials and, where applicable, direct labour costs
and those overheads that have been incurred in bringing inventories to their present location and condition. Cost is determined using the
weighted average cost method. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price less all estimated costs of completion and costs to
be incurred in marketing, selling and distribution.
Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
89
3. Accounting policies (continued)
Financial assets
The group determines the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition. When financial assets are recognised initially, they are
measured at fair value, which is normally the transaction price, plus directly attributable transaction costs for those financial assets not
subsequently measured at fair value through profit or loss. The group assesses at each reporting date whether a financial asset or group of
financial assets is impaired.
Loans and receivables
The group has financial assets that are classified as loans and receivables. Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed
or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market, do not qualify as trading assets and have not been designated as either fair
value through profit or loss or available for sale. Such assets are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method if the time value of
money is significant. Gains and losses are recognised in the consolidated income statement when loans and receivables are derecognised or
impaired, as well as through the amortisation process.
Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables, which generally have 30-90 day terms, are recognised at the lower of their original invoiced value and recoverable amount.
Provision is made when collection of the full amount is no longer considered probable. Balances are written off when the probability of recovery
is assessed as being remote.
Fair value
The group measures financial instruments, such as derivatives, at fair value at each balance sheet date.
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants
at the measurement date. The fair value measurement is based on the presumption that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability
takes place either:
• In the principal market for the asset or liability; or
• In the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market for the asset or liability
The fair value of an asset or liability is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability,
assuming that market participants act in their economic best interest.
The group uses valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstance and for which sufficient data is available to measure fair value,
maximising the use of relevant observable inputs and minimising the use of unobservable inputs.
All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements are categorised within the fair value hierarchy,
described as follows, based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:
Level 1: quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2: other techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or indirectly.
Level 3: techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market data.
For assets and liabilities that are recognised in the financial statements on a recurring basis, the group determines whether transfers have
occurred between levels in the hierarchy by re-assessing categorisation at the end of each reporting period.
Derivative financial instruments and hedging
The group uses derivative financial instruments such as forward currency contracts and interest rate swaps to hedge its risks associated with
foreign currency and interest rate fluctuations. All derivative financial instruments are initially recognised and subsequently remeasured at fair
value. Derivatives are carried as assets when the fair value is positive and as liabilities when the fair value is negative.
The fair value of forward currency contracts is calculated by reference to current forward exchange rates for contracts with similar maturity
profiles. The fair value of interest rate swap contracts is determined by reference to market values for similar instruments.
For those derivatives designated as hedges and for which hedge accounting is appropriate, the hedging relationship is documented at its
inception. This documentation identifies the hedging instrument, the hedged item or transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged and how
effectiveness will be measured throughout its duration. Such hedges are expected at inception to be highly effective.
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 90 Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
3. Accounting policies (continued)
Derivative financial instruments and hedging (continued)
Any gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are taken to the consolidated
income statement. The treatment of gains and losses arising from revaluing derivatives designated as hedging instruments depends on the
nature of the hedging relationship, as follows:
Cash flow hedges
Hedges are classified as cash flow hedges when hedging exposure to variability in cash flows that is either attributable to a particular risk
associated with a recognised asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction. For cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain
or loss on the hedging instrument is recognised in other comprehensive income, while the ineffective portion is recognised in the consolidated
income statement. Amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are transferred to the consolidated income statement in
the period in which the hedged item affects profit or loss, such as when a forecast sale occurs. However, when the forecast transaction results
in the recognition of a non-financial asset or liability, the amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are included in the initial
carrying amount of the asset or liability.
If a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are transferred to the
consolidated income statement. If the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised without replacement or rollover, or if its
designation as a hedge is revoked, amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income remain in equity until the forecast
transaction occurs and are then transferred to the consolidated income statement or included in the initial carrying amount of a non-financial
asset or liability as above.
Net investment hedges
Financial instruments are classified as net investment hedges when they hedge the group’s net investment in foreign operations. Some of the
group’s foreign currency borrowings qualify as hedging instruments that hedge foreign currency net investment balances. The effective portion
of gains or losses on translation of borrowings designated as net investment hedges is recognised in other comprehensive income. Any
ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the consolidated income statement. Upon disposal of the associated investment in foreign
operations any cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in other comprehensive income is recycled through the consolidated income
statement.
Fair value hedges
Hedges of the change in fair value of recognised assets or liabilities are classified as fair value hedges. For fair value hedges, the gain or loss on
the fair value of the hedging instrument is recognised in the consolidated income statement. The gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to
the hedged risk adjusts the carrying amount of the hedged item and is also recognised in the consolidated income statement. If the hedge
relationship no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the hedged item would no longer be adjusted and the cumulative adjustment to
its carrying amount would be amortised to the consolidated income statement based on a recalculated effective interest rate. The fair value
gain on loss on the hedging instrument would continue to be recorded in the consolidated income statement.
Derecognition of financial instruments
The derecognition of a financial asset takes place when the contractual rights to the cash flows expire, or when the contractual rights to the
cash flows have either been transferred or an obligation has been assumed to pass them through to a third party and the group does not retain
substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset.
Financial liabilities are only derecognised when they are extinguished, that is, when the obligation is discharged, cancelled or expires.
Share-based payments
The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is measured by reference to the fair value at the date at which they are granted. Fair
value is determined by an external valuer using an appropriate pricing model. In valuing equity-settled transactions, no account is taken of any
performance conditions, other than conditions linked to the price of the shares (‘market conditions’).
The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognised, together with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period in which the
performance conditions are fulfilled, ending on the date on which the relevant employees become fully entitled to the award (‘vesting date’). The
cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until the vesting date reflects the extent to which the
vesting period has expired and the number of equity instruments that, in the opinion of the directors and based on the best available estimate
at that date, will ultimately vest (or in the case of an instrument subject to a market condition, be treated as vesting as described below). The
consolidated income statement charge or credit for a period represents the movement in cumulative expense recognised as at the beginning
and end of that period.
No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest, except for awards where vesting is conditional upon a market condition,
which are treated as vesting irrespective of whether or not the market condition is satisfied, provided that all other performance conditions are
satisfied.
Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
91
3. Accounting policies (continued)
Taxation
The current income tax expense is based on taxable profits for the period, after any adjustments in respect of prior periods. It is calculated
using taxation rates enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date and is measured at the amount expected to be recovered
from or paid to the taxation authorities.
Provision is made for deferred tax liabilities, or credit taken for deferred tax assets, on all material temporary differences between the tax base of
assets and liabilities and their carrying values in the consolidated financial statements.
The principal temporary differences arise from accelerated capital allowances, provisions for pensions and other post-retirement benefits,
provisions for share-based payments and unutilised losses incurred in overseas jurisdiction.
Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is regarded as probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the
temporary differences can be utilised.
Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the periods in which the asset or liability will be settled based on the tax
rates enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.
Provisions
Provisions are recognised when: the group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events; it is probable that an outflow
of resources will be required to settle the obligation; and the amount can be reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognised for future
operating losses.
Provisions are measured at the present value of the expenditures expected to be required to settle the obligation using a pre-tax rate that
reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation. The increase in the provision due to
passage of time is recognised as interest expense.
Pensions and post retirement benefits
The group operates a number of pension schemes. These include both defined benefit and defined contribution plans.
Defined benefit plans
The defined benefit pension liability or asset in the balance sheet comprises the total for each plan of the present value of the defined benefit
obligation less the fair value of plan assets out of which the obligations are to be settled directly. The cost of providing benefits is determined
using the projected unit credit method, with actuarial valuations being carried out at the end of each reporting period.
Remeasurement, comprising actuarial gains and losses, the effect of the asset ceiling and the return on plan assets (excluding interest), is
reflected immediately in the statement of financial position with a charge or credit recognised in other comprehensive income in the period in
which they occur. Remeasurement recognised in other comprehensive income is reflected immediately in retained earnings and will not be
reclassified to profit or loss.
Past service cost is recognised in profit or loss in the period of a plan amendment. Net interest is calculated by applying the discount rate at the
beginning of the period to the net defined liability or asset.
Defined benefit costs are categorised as follows:
• Service cost (including current service cost, past service cost, as well as gains and losses on curtailments and settlements);
• Net interest expense or income; and
• Remeasurement
The retirement benefit obligation recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position represents the actual deficit or surplus in the
group’s defined benefit plans. Any surplus resulting from this calculation is limited to the present value of any economic benefits available in the
form of refunds from the plans or reductions in future contributions to the plans.
Defined contribution plans
Under defined contribution plans, contributions payable for the period are charged to the consolidated income statement as an operating expense.
Employee benefits
Wages, salaries, bonuses and paid annual leave are accrued in the period in which the associated services are rendered by the employees of
the group.
Leases
Leases in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the leased asset are retained by the lessor are classified as operating
leases by the group. Leases in which the group assumes substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases.
Rentals payable under operating leases are charged to income on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease. Any lease incentives
received are credited to the consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the leases to which they relate.
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 92 Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
3. Accounting policies (continued)
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents includes cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks and other short-term highly liquid investments with original
maturities of three months or less, which are readily convertible into known amounts of cash and subject to insignificant risk of changes in
value. For the purposes of the statement of cash flows, bank overdrafts repayable on demand are a component of cash and cash equivalents.
Interest bearing loans and borrowings
Interest bearing loans and borrowings are initially recognised in the balance sheet at fair value less directly attributable transaction costs and are
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.
Gains and losses arising on the repurchase, settlement or otherwise cancellation of liabilities are recognised respectively in finance income and
finance cost.
On a refinancing any unamortised financing charges are accelerated through the consolidated income statement.
Foreign currencies
Functional and presentation currency
The consolidated financial statements of the group are presented in pounds sterling. The presentation currency of the consolidated financial
statements is the same as the functional currency of the company.
Transactions and balances
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in
foreign currencies are translated at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. All differences are taken to the consolidated income
statement, except when hedge accounting is applied and for differences in monetary assets and liabilities that form part of the group’s net
investment in a foreign operation. These are taken in other comprehensive income until the disposal of the net investment, at which time they
are recognised in profit and loss.
Foreign operations
The consolidated income statement and statement of cash flows of foreign operations are translated at the average rate of exchange during
the period. The balance sheet is translated at the rate ruling at the reporting date. Exchange differences arising on opening net assets and
arising on the translation of results at an average rate compared to a closing rate are both recognised in other comprehensive income. On
disposal of a foreign operation, the accumulated exchange differences previously recognised in other comprehensive income are included in
the consolidated income statement.
Certain of the group’s financial instruments are classified as net investment hedges when they hedge the group’s net investment in foreign
operations. See derivative financial instruments and hedging policy above for further detail.
Segmental reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. The chief
operating decision-maker, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments, has been
identified as the board of directors of the company.
Issued share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a
deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.
Other reserves
Share premium account
The share premium account is used to record the excess of proceeds over the nominal value on the issue of shares.
Own shares reserve
The own shares reserve is used to record purchases by the group of its own shares, which will be distributed to employees as and when share
awards made under the Britvic employee share plans vest.
Share scheme reserve
The share scheme reserve is used to record the movements in equity corresponding to the cost recognised in respect of equity-settled share
based payment transactions. Amounts recognised in the share scheme reserve are transferred to retained losses upon subsequent settlement
of any awards that vest either by issue or purchase of the group’s shares, or when awards lapse.
Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
93
3. Accounting policies (continued)
Other reserves (continued)
Hedging reserve
The hedging reserve records the effective portion of movements in the fair value of forward exchange contracts, interest rate and cross
currency swaps that have been designated as hedging instruments in cash flow hedges.
Translation reserve
The translation reserve includes cumulative net exchange differences on translation into the presentational currency of items recorded in group
entities with a non-sterling functional currency net of amounts recognised in respect of net investment hedges.
Merger reserve
The merger reserve arose as a result of the non pre-emptive share placement which took place on 21 May 2010. It was executed using a
structure which created a merger reserve under Section 612-3 of the Companies Act 2006.
Own shares
The cost of own shares held in employee share trusts and in treasury is deducted from shareholders’ equity until the shares are cancelled,
reissued or disposed. Where such shares are subsequently sold or reissued, the fair value of any consideration received is also included in
shareholders’ equity.
Exceptional and other items
The group presents items as exceptional and other items on the face of the consolidated income statement to allow shareholders to
understand better the elements of financial performance in the year, so as to facilitate comparison with prior periods and to assess trends in
financial performance more readily.
• ‘Exceptional’ items include those significant items of income and expense which, because of the size, nature and infrequency of the events
giving rise to them, merit separate presentation.
• ‘Other’ items include fair value movements on financial instruments where hedge accounting cannot be applied. These items have been
included within ‘exceptional and other items’ because they are non-cash and do not form part of how management assesses performance.
Key judgements and sources of estimation uncertainty
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported
for assets and liabilities as at the balance sheet date and the amounts reported for revenues and expenses during the year. However, the nature of
estimation means that the actual outcomes could differ from those estimates. In the process of applying the group’s accounting policies,
management has made the following judgements which have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements.
Post-retirement benefits
The determination of the pension and other post-retirement benefits cost and obligation is based on assumptions determined with independent
actuarial advice. The assumptions include discount rate, inflation, pension and salary increases, expected return on scheme assets, mortality
and other demographic assumptions. These key assumptions are disclosed in note 23.
Franchise rights
Franchise rights represent franchise agreements acquired as part of the Britvic Ireland business combination which provides long term rights to
distribute certain soft drinks. These agreements have been allocated a 35 year useful economic life. The franchise agreement has a contract life
less than the useful economic life. The useful economic life has been determined on the basis that the renewal of the franchise agreements is
highly probable. A significant emphasis is made on developing relationships with Pepsico, which includes maintaining an appropriate level of
communication to deal with on-going operational issues. This is further strengthened through the addition of Pepsico products to Britvic’s
portfolio in recent years.
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives
Determining whether goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are impaired requires an estimation of the value in use of the cash
generating units to which the goodwill/intangible asset has been allocated. Management considers these assets to have indefinite lives based
on their historical longevity, and a business model and strategy that is based on development and expansion of Britvic’s brands. The value in
use calculation requires an estimate of the future cash flows expected to arise from the cash-generating unit and a suitable discount rate in
order to calculate present value. Further details are given in note 15.
Cross currency interest rate swaps
The group measures cross currency interest rate swaps at fair value at each balance sheet date. The fair value represents the net present value
of the difference between the projected cash flows at the swap contract rate and the relevant exchange/interest rate for the period from the
balance sheet date to the contracted expiry date. The calculation therefore uses estimates of present value, future foreign exchange rates and
interest rates. Information regarding cross currency interest rate swaps is provided in notes 22 and 26.
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 94 Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
3. Accounting policies (continued)
New standards adopted in the current period
During the period, the group adopted a number of interpretations and amendments to standards including IAS 19 (Revised) ‘Employee
Benefits’ and IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’, all of which had an immaterial impact on the consolidated financial statements of the group.
The most significant change for Britvic under IAS 19 (Revised) is the replacement of interest cost and expected return on plan assets with a
finance cost component which is determined by applying the same discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation to the net
defined benefit liability or asset. The difference between the actual return on plan assets and the discount rate will be presented in other
comprehensive income. Other changes include the treatment of expenses paid in relation to the plans and the narrative disclosures.
New standards and interpretations not applied
The group has not applied the following IFRSs, which may be applicable to the group, that have been issued (although in some cases not yet
adopted by the EU) but are not yet effective:
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)
IFRS 9 / IAS 39
Financial Instruments – Classification and measurement
IFRS 10
IFRS 11
IFRS 12
IFRS 15
Consolidated financial statements
Joint arrangements
Disclosures of interests in other entities
Revenue recognition
International Accounting Standards (IAS)
IAS 27 (revised 2011) Separate financial statements
IAS 32
IAS 36
Amendment to IAS 32 – Offsetting of assets and liabilities
Amendment to IAS 36 – Recoverable amount disclosures for non-financial assets
Effective date – periods
commencing on or after
1 January 2015
1 January 2014
1 January 2014
1 January 2014
1 January 2017
1 January 2014
1 January 2014
1 January 2014
IAS 39 / IFRS 9
Amendment to IFRS 9 – Novation of derivatives and continuation of hedge accounting
1 January 2014
Other
IFRIC Interpretation 21 IFRIC 21 – Levies
1 January 2014
The directors do not anticipate that the adoption of these standards, which will be adopted in line with the effective date will have a material
impact on the group’s reported income or net assets in the period.
4. Segmental reporting
For management purposes, the group is organised into business units and has five reportable segments as follows:
• GB stills – United Kingdom excluding Northern Ireland
• GB carbs – United Kingdom excluding Northern Ireland
• Ireland – Republic of Ireland and Northern Ireland
• France
• International
These business units sell soft drinks into their respective markets.
Management monitors the operating results of its business units separately for the purpose of making decisions about resource allocation and
performance assessment. Segment performance is evaluated based on brand contribution. This is defined as revenue less material costs and
all other marginal costs that management considers to be directly attributable to the sale of a given product. Such costs include brand specific
advertising and promotion costs, raw materials and marginal production and distribution costs. However, group financing (including finance
costs) and income taxes are managed on a group basis and are not allocated to reportable segments.
Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
95
4. Segmental reporting (continued)
Transfer prices between reportable segments are on an arm’s length basis in a manner similar to transactions with third parties.
GB
stills
£m
335.2
159.4
GB
carbs
£m
567.8
222.4
Total
GB
£m
903.0
381.8
Ireland
France International
£m
128.3
47.0
£m
254.9
67.1
£m
58.2
21.0
52 weeks ended
28 September 2014
Revenue
Brand contribution
Non-brand advertising & promotion*
Fixed supply chain**
Selling costs**
Overheads and other costs*
Operating profit before exceptional & other items
Finance costs before exceptional & other items
Exceptional & other items
Profit before tax
52 weeks ended
29 September 2013
Revenue ***
Brand contribution ***
GB
stills
£m
340.1
154.5
GB
carbs
£m
536.4
200.1
Total
GB
£m
876.5
354.6
Ireland
France International
£m
136.9
49.0
£m
258.2
63.2
£m
50.3
18.8
Non-brand advertising & promotion *
Fixed supply chain**
Selling costs**
Overheads and other costs*
Operating profit before exceptional & other items
Finance costs before exceptional & other items
Exceptional & other items
Profit before tax
Total
£m
1,344.4
516.9
(9.9)
(101.8)
(120.7)
(126.4)
158.1
(25.2)
(12.8)
120.1
Total
£m
1,321.9
485.6
(7.3)
(100.7)
(124.5)
(118.1)
135.0
(26.9)
(25.5)
82.6
*
Included within ‘administration expenses’ in the consolidated income statement. ‘Overheads and other costs’ relate to central expenses including salaries, IT maintenance,
depreciation and amortisation.
** Included within ‘selling and distribution costs’ in the consolidated income statement.
*** As part of the implementation of the new operating model, responsibility for France exports has been transferred to the international business and prior year numbers have
been restated to ensure accurate comparisons.
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 96 Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
4. Segmental reporting (continued)
Geographic information
Revenues from external customers
The analysis below is based on the location where the sale originated.
United Kingdom
Republic of Ireland
France
Other
Total revenue
Non-current assets
United Kingdom
Republic of Ireland
France
Other
Total
2014
£m
966.7
109.2
268.2
0.3
2013
£m
940.3
110.6
271.0
-
1,344.4
1,321.9
2014
£m
233.7
105.3
183.6
1.1
523.7
2013
£m
236.7
107.8
192.0
-
536.5
Non-current assets for this purpose consist of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and other receivables.
5. Exceptional and other items
Unless otherwise stated, exceptional and other items are included within administration expenses in the consolidated income statement.
Asset impairments
Gain on disposal of previously impaired assets
Strategic restructuring costs
Aborted merger costs
Other fair value movements
Write off of unamortised financing fees
Total exceptional and other items before tax
Note
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
52 weeks ended
28 September 2014
£m
52 weeks ended
29 September 2013
£m
(0.7)
0.7
(14.1)
-
2.3
(1.0)
(12.8)
(12.9)
-
(10.6)
(9.6)
7.6
-
(25.5)
a) Asset impairments relates to the loss recognised on transfer of a property from property, plant and equipment to held for sale in Britvic GB
following closure in 2014 as part of strategic cost initiatives announced in May 2013.
In 2013, asset impairments related to the planned closure of GB factories, also as part of the strategic cost initiatives announced in May
2013.
b) Strategic restructuring costs in 2014 relate to the continuation of cost initiatives announced in May 2013, following the closure of two
factories in Britvic GB and subsequent reorganisation as well as integration of GB and Ireland back office operations.
In 2013 costs also related to the implementation of cost initiatives announced in May 2013, including costs associated with the closure of
factories and planned changes to the business operating model.
c) In 2013, costs related to the previously proposed merger of Britvic plc and A.G.Barr plc.
Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
97
5. Exceptional and other items (continued)
d) Other fair value movements relate to the fair value movement of derivative financial instruments where hedge accounting cannot be applied.
For the 52 weeks ended 28 September 2014, a gain of £1.3m is included within administration expenses (52 weeks ended 29 September
2013: £6.9m gain) and a gain of £1.0m is included within finance costs (52 weeks ended 29 September 2013 £0.7m gain) in the
consolidated income statement.
e) Following the decision to refinance the group’s committed bank facility, unamortised financing fees of £1.0m have been written off to finance
costs in the consolidated income statement (see note 9).
Details of the tax implications of exceptional and other items are given in note 10a.
6. Operating profit/(loss)
This is stated after charging:
Cost of inventories recognised as an expense
Including: write-down of inventories to net realisable value
Research and development expenditure written off
Net foreign currency exchange differences
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of intangible assets
Operating lease payments – minimum lease payments
7. Auditor’s remuneration
Audit of the group financial statements
Audit of subsidiaries
Total audit
Audit related assurance services
Other assurance services
All taxation advisory services
Corporate finance services (excluding amounts included above in tax advisory and other assurance
services)
Other non-audit services not covered above
Total non-audit services
Total fees
2014
£m
617.5
1.1
2.6
1.6
31.5
10.4
11.7
2014
£m
0.2
0.4
0.6
-
-
-
-
1.4
1.4
2.0
2013
£m
646.9
1.5
0.6
1.1
36.6
7.1
13.1
2013
£m
0.2
0.4
0.6
-
0.1
-
0.7
1.6
2.4
3.0
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 98 Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
8. Staff costs
Wages and salaries*
Social security costs
Net pension charge
Expense of share based compensation (note 29)
*
In addition to the above, £7.5m (2013: £6.7m) is included within ‘strategic restructuring costs’ in exceptional and other items (note 5).
Directors’ emoluments
Aggregate gains made by directors on exercise of options
Number of directors accruing benefits under defined benefit schemes
The average monthly number of employees during the period was made up as follows:
Distribution
Production
Sales and marketing
Administration
9. Finance costs
Finance costs
Bank loans, overdrafts and loan notes
Unwinding of discount in provisions
Write off of unamortised financing fees (see note 5)
Total finance costs
Finance income
Bank loans, overdrafts and loan notes
Fair value movement on interest rate swap (see note 26)
Total finance income
Net finance costs
2014
£m
120.4
19.8
11.1
9.1
160.4
2014
£m
2.5
1.5
2014
No.
-
2014
No.
300
1,389
911
559
3,159
2014
£m
(25.3)
(0.1)
(1.0)
(26.4)
0.2
1.0
1.2
2013
£m
119.4
20.3
8.7
6.2
154.6
2013
£m
2.7
-
2013
No.
-
2013
No.
331
1,508
979
458
3,276
2013
£m
(26.9)
-
-
(26.9)
-
0.7
0.7
(25.2)
(26.2)
Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
99
10. Taxation
a) Tax on profit on continuing operations
Income statement
Current income tax
Current income tax (charge)/credit
Amounts over/(under) provided in previous years
Total current income tax (charge)/credit
Deferred income tax
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Amounts (under)/over provided in previous years
Total deferred tax credit/(charge)
Total tax (charge)/credit in the income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Current tax on additional pension contributions
Deferred tax on defined benefit plans
Before exceptional
& other items
£m
Exceptional
& other items
£m
(36.2)
(2.0)
(38.2)
4.3
0.9
5.2
(33.0)
3.0
0.7
3.7
(0.4)
(0.7)
(1.1)
2.6
Deferred tax in respect of cash flow hedges accounted for in the hedging reserve
Tax on exchange differences accounted for in the translation reserve
Deferred tax on other temporary differences
Total tax credit in the statement of comprehensive income
Statement of changes in equity
Current tax on share options exercised
Deferred tax on share options granted to employees
Total tax credit in the statement of changes in equity
2014
Total
£m
(33.2)
(1.3)
(34.5)
3.9
0.2
4.1
(30.4)
4.5
(2.0)
0.1
0.7
0.1
3.4
0.8
0.6
1.4
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 100 Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
10. Taxation (continued)
a) Tax on continuing operations (continued)
Income statement
Current income tax
Current income tax (charge)/credit
Amounts over/(under) provided in previous years
Total current income tax (charge)/credit
Deferred income tax
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Impact of change in UK tax rate on deferred tax liability
Amounts (under)/over provided in previous years
Total deferred tax credit
Total tax (charge)/credit in the income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Current tax on additional pension contributions
Deferred tax on defined benefit plans
Before exceptional
& other items
£m
Exceptional
& other items
£m
(26.9)
1.2
(25.7)
(0.5)
3.0
(2.3)
0.2
(25.5)
3.3
(1.1)
2.2
1.4
0.2
1.0
2.6
4.8
Deferred tax in respect of cash flow hedges accounted for in the hedging reserve
Tax on exchange differences accounted for in the translation reserve
Deferred tax on other temporary differences
Total tax credit in the statement of comprehensive income
Statement of changes in equity
Current tax on share options exercised
Deferred tax on share options granted to employees
Total tax credit in the statement of changes in equity
2013
Total
£m
(23.6)
0.1
(23.5)
0.9
3.2
(1.3)
2.8
(20.7)
3.1
4.4
0.4
(2.9)
0.2
5.2
1.0
(0.3)
0.7
Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
101
10. Taxation (continued)
b) Reconciliation of the total tax charge
The tax expense in the consolidated income statement is higher (2013: higher) than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 22.0%
(2013: 23.5%). The differences are reconciled below:
Profit/(loss) before tax
Profit/(loss) multiplied by the UK average rate of corporation tax of 22.0%
Permanent differences
Impact of change in UK tax rate on deferred tax liability
Tax underprovided in previous years
Overseas tax rates
Effective income tax rate
Profit / (loss) before tax
Profit / (loss) multiplied by the UK average rate of corporation tax of 23.5%
Permanent differences
Impact of change in UK tax rate on deferred tax liability
Tax underprovided in previous years
Overseas tax rates
Effective income tax rate
Before
exceptional
& other items
£m
132.9
(29.2)
0.4
(0.2)
(0.9)
(3.1)
(33.0)
24.8%
Before
exceptional
& other items
£m
108.1
(25.4)
0.4
3.0
(1.1)
(2.4)
(25.5)
23.6%
Exceptional
& other items
£m
(12.8)
2.8
0.1
0.1
(0.1)
(0.3)
2.6
Exceptional &
other items
£m
(25.5)
6.0
(0.6)
0.2
(0.1)
(0.7)
4.8
2014
Total
£m
120.1
(26.4)
0.5
(0.1)
(1.0)
(3.4)
(30.4)
25.3%
2013
Total
£m
82.6
(19.4)
(0.2)
3.2
(1.2)
(3.1)
(20.7)
25.0%
c) Unrecognised tax items
The temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries for which a deferred tax liability has not been recognised total £7.5m
(2013: £5.6m). No deferred tax has been provided in respect of these differences, since the timing of the reversals can be controlled and it is
probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the future.
The group expects that future remittances of earnings from its overseas subsidiaries will be covered by the UK dividend exemption and so the
un-remitted earnings of these subsidiaries are not disclosed above.
No deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of unused tax losses of £4.3m (2013: £1.9m). Included in this amount are tax losses of
£2.8m (2013: £0.8m) that will expire in 7-8 years. Other losses may be carried forward indefinitely.
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 102 Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
10. Taxation (continued)
d) Deferred tax
The deferred tax included in the balance sheet is as follows:
Deferred tax liability
Accelerated capital allowances
Acquisition fair value adjustments
Other temporary differences
Post employment benefits
Deferred tax liability
Deferred tax asset
Employee incentive plan
Unutilised losses incurred in overseas jurisdictions
Other temporary differences
Deferred tax asset
Net deferred tax liability
2014
£m
(5.4)
(15.4)
-
(16.1)
(36.9)
5.7
6.6
1.3
13.6
(23.3)
2013
£m
(6.8)
(17.6)
(0.1)
(13.5)
(38.0)
3.7
5.1
1.4
10.2
(27.8)
Certain deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset. The following is the analysis of the deferred tax balances (after offset) for financial
reporting purposes:
Net deferred tax assets
Net deferred tax liabilities
The deferred tax included in the consolidated income statement is as follows:
Employee incentive plan
Accelerated capital allowances
Post employment benefits
Acquisition fair value adjustments
Unutilised losses incurred in overseas jurisdictions
Other temporary differences
Deferred tax credit
2014
£m
-
(23.3)
(23.3)
2014
£m
1.4
1.5
(0.6)
1.0
1.3
(0.5)
4.1
2013
£m
-
(27.8)
(27.8)
2013
£m
0.4
3.0
1.5
1.3
0.7
(4.1)
2.8
In 2014, there is a £1.1m charge relating to exceptional items (2013: £2.6m credit) included within the overall £4.1m deferred tax credit (2013:
overall £2.8m credit) in the consolidated income statement.
Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
103
11. Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing the net profit/(loss) for the period attributable to the equity shareholders of the
parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period.
Diluted earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to the ordinary equity shareholders of the parent by the
weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would be
issued on the conversion of all the dilutive potential ordinary shares into ordinary shares.
The following table reflects the income and share data used in the basic and diluted earnings per share computations:
Basic earnings per share
Profit for the period attributable to equity shareholders
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue for basic earnings per share
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share
Profit for the period attributable to equity shareholders
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue for diluted earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share
2014
£m
89.7
245.8
36.5p
89.7
247.5
36.2p
2013
£m
61.9
243.2
25.5p
61.9
244.7
25.3p
The group presents as exceptional and other items on the face of the consolidated income statement, those significant items of income and
expense which, because of the size, nature and infrequency of the events giving rise to them, merit separate presentation to allow shareholders
to understand better the elements of financial performance in the period, so as to facilitate comparison with prior periods and to assess trends
in financial performance more readily.
To this end, basic and diluted earnings per share are also presented on this basis with the amortisation of acquisition related intangible assets
also added back using the weighted average number of ordinary shares for both basic and diluted amounts as per the table below.
Adjusted basic earnings per share
Profit for the period attributable to equity shareholders
Add: Net impact of exceptional and other items
Add: Intangible assets amortisation (acquisition related)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue for basic earnings per share
Adjusted basic earnings per share
Adjusted diluted earnings per share
Profit for the period attributable to equity shareholders before exceptional items and
other items and acquisition related intangible assets amortisation
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue for diluted earnings per share
Adjusted diluted earnings per share
Note
14
2014
£m
89.7
10.2
2.9
102.8
245.8
41.8p
102.8
247.5
41.5p
2013
£m
61.9
20.7
2.9
85.5
243.2
35.2p
85.5
244.7
34.9p
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 104 Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
12. Dividends paid and proposed
Declared and paid during the period
Equity dividends on ordinary shares
Final dividend for 2013: 13.0p per share (2012: 12.4p per share)
Interim dividend for 2014: 6.1p per share (2013: 5.4p per share)
Dividends paid
Proposed
Final dividend for 2014: 14.8p per share (2013: 13.0p per share)
13. Property, plant and equipment
At 30 September 2012, net of accumulated
depreciation and impairment
Exchange differences
Additions
Disposals at cost
Depreciation eliminated on disposals
Depreciation charge for the year
Impairment *
At 29 September 2013 net of accumulated
depreciation and impairment
Exchange differences
Additions
Disposals at cost
Depreciation eliminated on disposals
Depreciation charge for the year
Assets transferred to held for sale (note 20)
Reclassification
(Impairment)*/impairment reversal
At 28 September 2014 net of accumulated
depreciation and impairment
At 28 September 2014
Cost (gross carrying amount)
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
Net carrying amount
At 29 September 2013
Cost (gross carrying amount)
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
Net carrying amount
Freehold
land and
buildings
Leasehold
land and
buildings
Plant and
machinery
£m
59.1
1.0
3.8
(0.1)
0.1
(2.4)
-
61.5
(2.1)
15.5
-
-
(2.5)
-
-
-
72.4
95.4
(23.0)
72.4
83.9
(22.4)
61.5
£m
27.8
0.4
2.5
-
-
(0.9)
(0.8)
29.0
(0.7)
0.9
-
-
(0.9)
(3.6)
-
(0.7)
24.0
35.9
(11.9)
24.0
43.1
(14.1)
29.0
£m
101.7
1.8
15.2
(3.5)
1.9
(20.3)
(10.4)
86.4
(2.6)
18.8
(2.9)
2.0
(17.6)
-
0.7
0.1
84.9
279.7
(194.8)
84.9
272.9
(186.5)
86.4
2014
£m
31.8
15.0
46.8
36.3
Fixtures,
fittings,
tools and
equipment
£m
48.0
-
6.3
(12.4)
9.9
(13.0)
-
38.8
(0.1)
12.9
(15.2)
14.5
(10.5)
-
(0.7)
-
39.7
157.5
(117.8)
39.7
162.6
(123.8)
38.8
2013
£m
29.6
12.9
42.5
31.7
Total
£m
236.6
3.2
27.8
(16.0)
11.9
(36.6)
(11.2)
215.7
(5.5)
48.1
(18.1)
16.5
(31.5)
(3.6)
-
(0.6)
221.0
568.5
(347.5)
221.0
562.5
(346.8)
215.7
*
The impairment in 2014 relates to a loss on transfer of a property held in the GB stills segment to non-current assets held for sale (see note 20), and has been included
within exceptional and other items (see note 5).
The impairment in 2013 principally related to the write down of plant and machinery following the strategic cost initiative announcement in May 2013, and was included
within exceptional and other items (see note 5).
Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
105
13. Property, plant and equipment (continued)
Finance leases
The net book value of freehold land and buildings and plant and machinery includes £0.1m and £nil respectively (2013: £0.2m and £0.1m
respectively) in respect of assets held under finance leases. The assets are pledged as security for the finance lease liabilities.
14. Intangible assets
Trademarks
Cost as at 30 September 2012, net of
accumulated amortisation
Exchange differences
Additions
Amortisation charge for the period
Impairment **
At 29 September 2013
Exchange differences
Additions
Disposals at cost
Amortisation eliminated on disposals
Amortisation charge for the period
At 28 September 2014
At 28 September 2014
Cost (gross carrying amount)
Accumulated amortisation and
impairment
Net carrying amount
At 29 September 2013
Cost (gross carrying amount)
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
Net carrying amount
* Acquisition related amortisation (see note 11).
£m
92.5
5.0
-
-
-
97.5
(6.5)
-
-
-
-
91.0
117.9
(26.9)
91.0
126.6
(29.1)
97.5
Franchise
rights
£m
Customer
lists
£m
Software
costs
£m
20.3
1.0
-
(0.7)*
-
20.6
(1.5)
-
-
-
(0.7)*
18.4
23.1
(4.7)
18.4
24.8
(4.2)
20.6
35.2
1.8
-
(2.2)*
-
34.8
(2.2)
-
-
-
(2.2)*
30.4
46.5
(16.1)
30.4
49.7
(14.9)
34.8
20.3
-
8.9
(4.2)
-
25.0
(0.1)
8.8
(0.4)
0.2
(7.5)
26.0
72.8
(46.8)
26.0
65.5
(40.5)
25.0
Goodwill
£m
136.9
3.9
-
-
(1.7)
139.1
(5.2)
-
-
-
-
133.9
196.6
(62.7)
133.9
205.6
(66.5)
139.1
Total
£m
305.2
11.7
8.9
(7.1)
(1.7)
317.0
(15.5)
8.8
(0.4)
0.2
(10.4)
299.7
456.9
(157.2)
299.7
472.2
(155.2)
317.0
** The impairment in 2013 related to the write down of goodwill relating to the Water business following the strategic cost initiative announcement in May 2013, and has been
included within exceptional and other items (see note 5).
Trademarks
Britvic Ireland and Britvic France
Trademarks represent those trade names acquired which the group plans to maintain. All trademarks have been allocated an indefinite life by
management. A list of the trademarks held in respect of the Britvic Ireland and Britvic France segments is shown in note 15.
It is expected, and in line with existing well-established trademarks within the group, that the trademarks with indefinite lives in respect of Britvic
France and Britvic Ireland will be held and supported for an indefinite period of time and are expected to generate economic benefits. The
group is committed to supporting its trademarks and invests in significant consumer marketing promotional spend.
Franchise rights
Franchise rights represent the franchise agreements acquired as part of the Britvic Ireland business combination which provide the long term
right to distribute certain soft drinks. These agreements have been allocated a 35 year useful economic life. As at 28 September 2014 these
intangible assets have a remaining useful life of 28 years. The franchise agreement itself has a contract life less than the useful economic life.
The useful economic life has been determined on the basis that the renewal of the contract is highly probable.
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 106 Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
14. Intangible assets (continued)
Customer lists
Britvic France
Customer lists recognised on the acquisition of Britvic France relate to those customer relationships acquired. These intangible assets have
been allocated useful economic lives of 20 years. At 28 September 2014 these intangible assets have a remaining useful life of 16 years.
Britvic Ireland
Customer lists represent those customer relationships acquired which are valued in respect of the grocery and wholesale businesses. These
customer lists have been allocated useful economic lives of between 10 and 20 years. At 28 September 2014 these intangible assets have a
remaining useful life of between 3 and 13 years.
Software costs
Software is capitalised at cost. These intangible assets have been assessed as having finite lives and are amortised using the straight-line
method over a period of 3 to 7 years. As at 28 September 2014 these intangible assets have a remaining useful life of up to 7 years.
Goodwill
Goodwill is subject to an impairment review at each reporting date in accordance with IAS 36 ‘Impairment of Assets’. Further detail is provided
in note 15.
Intangible assets recognised on the acquisition of Britvic Ireland and Britvic France are valued in euros and translated to sterling at the reporting date.
15. Impairment testing of intangible assets
Carrying amount of goodwill and trademarks with indefinite lives
The carrying amount of goodwill acquired through business combinations, and trademarks with indefinite lives recognised as part of fair value
exercises on acquisitions, are attributable to the following cash-generating units:
Goodwill
Orchid
Tango
Robinsons
Britvic Soft Drinks business (BSD)
Britvic Ireland
Britvic France
Trademarks with indefinite lives
Britvic Ireland
Britvic
Cidona
Mi Wadi
Ballygowan
Club
Britvic France
Teisseire
Moulin de Valdonne
Pressade
Fruité
Total Trademarks
2014
£m
6.0
8.9
38.6
7.8
15.5
57.1
133.9
2014
£m
5.9
5.2
8.0
2.2
13.2
34.5
44.7
3.7
4.2
3.9
56.5
91.0
2013
£m
6.0
8.9
38.6
7.8
16.6
61.2
139.1
2013
£m
6.3
5.5
8.6
2.4
14.2
37.0
47.9
3.9
4.5
4.2
60.5
97.5
Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
107
15. Impairment testing of intangible assets (continued)
The Britvic Ireland and Britvic France goodwill and trademarks with indefinite lives are valued in euros and translated into sterling at the
reporting date. The movements in the carrying amount of goodwill from the prior year relate to translation movements.
With the exception of Britvic Ireland and Britvic France goodwill, all other goodwill amounts were recognised on acquisitions made within Britvic GB.
Trademarks with indefinite lives were recognised as part of the fair value exercises relating to the 2007 acquisition of Britvic Ireland and the
2010 acquisition of Britvic France. They were allocated by senior management to the individual cash-generating units for impairment testing as
shown in the table above.
Method of impairment testing
Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives
Impairment reviews of goodwill and intangible assets are undertaken by senior management annually. Value in use calculations are performed
for each cash-generating unit using cash flow projections and are based on the latest annual financial budgets prepared by senior
management and approved by the board of directors. Senior management expectations are formed in line with performance to date and
experience, as well as available external market data.
The group has considered the impact of the current economic climate in determining the appropriate discount rate to use in impairment testing.
The applicable pre-tax discount rate for cash flow projections is:
Britvic GB
Britvic Ireland
Britvic France
At 28 September 2014
At 29 September 2013
9.6%
9.7%
10.5%
8.3%
10.2%
10.0%
Cash flows beyond a one year period are extrapolated based on growth and discount rates as described below.
Key assumptions used in value in use calculations
The following describes each key assumption on which management has based its cash flow projections to undertake impairment testing of
goodwill.
Volume growth rates – reflect senior management expectations of volume growth based on growth achieved to date, current strategy and
expected market trends.
Discount rates – reflect senior management’s estimate of the pre-tax cost of capital adjusted where necessary to reflect the different risks of
different countries in which the group operates. The estimated pre-tax cost of capital is the benchmark used by management to assess
operating performance and to evaluate future capital investment proposals.
Marginal contribution – being revenue less material costs and all other marginal costs that management considers to be directly attributable to
the sale of a given product. Marginal contribution is based on financial budgets approved by the Britvic plc board. Key assumptions are made
within these budgets about pricing, discounts and costs based on historical data, current strategy and expected market trends.
Advertising and promotional spend – financial budgets approved by senior management are used to determine the value assigned to
advertising and promotional spend. This is based on the planned spend for year one and strategic intent thereafter.
Raw materials price, production and distribution costs, selling costs and other overhead inflation – the basis used to determine the value
assigned to inflation is the forecast increase in consumer price indices in the relevant market. This has been used in all value in use calculations
performed.
Intangible assets with finite lives
No indicators of impairment were identified on intangible assets with finite lives and no impairment was recognised against these assets.
Results and conclusions
No impairments have been identified during the 52 week period ended 28 September 2014. In 2013, following the strategic cost initiative
announcement in May 2013, the carrying value of goodwill relating to the Water business of £1.7m was impaired, and the impairment charge
recognised within exceptional and other items (see note 5).
Other than for the Britvic trademark within Britvic Ireland, the directors do not consider that a reasonably possible change in the assumptions
used to calculate the value in use of remaining goodwill and intangible assets would result in any impairment. The key assumption to which the
calculation of value in use for the Britvic trademark is most sensitive is the discount rate where a change of 0.1% could reduce the recoverable
amount to carrying amount.
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 108 Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
16. Other receivables (non-current)
Operating lease premiums
Prepayments
Other
Total other receivables (non-current)
Operating lease premiums relates to the un-amortised element of lease premiums paid on inception of operating leases.
17. Inventories
Raw materials
Finished goods
Consumable stores
Returnable packaging
Total inventories at lower of cost and net realisable value
18. Trade and other receivables (current)
Trade receivables
Other receivables
Prepayments
2014
£m
2.4
-
0.6
3.0
2014
£m
27.5
49.1
6.7
1.4
84.7
2014
£m
250.0
9.0
17.9
276.9
2013
£m
1.8
1.5
0.5
3.8
2013
£m
27.1
54.9
7.0
1.8
90.8
2013
£m
236.4
10.1
19.6
266.1
Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and are generally on credit terms usual for the markets in which the group operates. As at 28
September 2014, trade receivables at nominal value of £1.2m (2013: £1.6m) were impaired and fully provided against. Movements in the
provision for impairment of receivables were as follows:
At 30 September 2012
Charge for period
Utilised
Unused amounts reversed
At 29 September 2013
Charge for period
Utilised
Unused amounts reversed
At 28 September 2014
Total
£m
2.5
2.5
(1.9)
(1.5)
1.6
2.5
(0.5)
(2.4)
1.2
Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
109
18. Trade and other receivables (current) (continued)
The group takes the following factors into account when considering whether a provision for impairment should be made for trade receivables:
• Payment performance history; and
• External information available regarding credit ratings.
The ageing analysis of trade receivables is as follows:
Total Neither past due
nor impaired
£m
£m
250.0
236.4
222.7
218.1
<30 days
£m
13.1
7.3
30 – 60
days
£m
3.1
4.1
Past due but not impaired
60 – 90
days
£m
1.3
0.9
90 – 120
days
£m
0.4
1.2
> 120 days
£m
9.4
4.8
2014
2013
The credit quality of trade receivables that are neither past due nor impaired is considered good. Refer to note 25 for details of the group’s
credit risk policy. The group monitors the credit quality of trade receivables by reference to credit ratings available externally.
19. Cash and cash equivalents
Cash at bank and in hand
Deposits
Cash and cash equivalents
Bank overdrafts
Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of cash flows
2014
£m
25.3
118.7
144.0
(0.7)
143.3
2013
£m
16.5
77.5
94.0
(2.5)
91.5
During the year, short-term deposits are made for varying periods depending on the immediate cash requirements of the group, and earn
interest at the respective short-term deposit rates. The fair value of cash and cash equivalents is equal to the book value.
At 28 September 2014 the group had available £400.0m (2013: £400.0m) of un-drawn committed borrowing facilities in respect of which all
conditions precedent had been met. Agreement has been reached to refinance this facility with an expected revised maturity date of November
2019.
Where available, the group operates cash pooling arrangements whereby the net cash position across a number of accounts is recognised for
interest purposes.
20. Non-current assets held for sale
Net transfer from property, plant and equipment
2014
£m
3.6
2013
£m
-
£2.8m of the transfer relates to a property held for sale in Britvic Ireland. The sale of the property completed on 2 October 2014 and resulted in
a gain on disposal of £0.8m.
£0.8m of the transfer relates to a property held for sale in GB. An impairment loss of £0.7m was recognised on transfer of this property from
property, plant and equipment to non-current assets held for sale.
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 110 Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
21. Issued share capital
The issued share capital is wholly comprised of ordinary shares carrying one voting right each. The nominal value of each ordinary share is
£0.20. There are no restrictions placed on the distribution of dividends, or the return of capital on a winding up or otherwise.
Issued, called up and fully paid ordinary shares
At 30 September 2012
Shares issued
At 29 September 2013
Shares issued
At 28 September 2014
No. of
shares
Value
£
242,344,551
48,468,910
2,746,477
549,295
245,091,028
49,018,205
2,138,087
427,618
247,229,115
49,445,823
Of the issued and fully paid ordinary shares, 409,725 shares (2013: 231,547 shares) are own shares held by an employee benefit trust. This
equates to £81,945 (2013: £46,309) at £0.20 par value of each ordinary share. These shares are held for the purpose of satisfying the share
schemes detailed in note 29.
An explanation of the group’s capital management process and objectives is set out in note 25.
22. Interest bearing loans and borrowings
Current
Finance leases
Bank loans
Private placement notes
Less: unamortised issue costs
Total current
Non-current
Finance leases
Bank loans
Private placement notes
Less: unamortised issue costs
Total non-current
Total interest bearing loans and borrowings
2014
£m
(0.1)
(0.8)
(21.8)
0.3
(22.4)
2014
£m
(0.2)
(0.6)
2013
£m
(0.2)
(0.2)
(92.1)
0.9
(91.6)
2013
£m
(0.3)
(0.8)
(540.1)
(459.1)
1.0
(539.9)
(562.3)
1.9
(458.3)
(549.9)
Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
111
22. Interest bearing loans and borrowings (continued)
The table below provides an analysis of amounts included within current and non-current interest bearing loans and borrowings:
Finance leases
2007 Notes
2009 Notes
2010 Notes
2014 Notes
Accrued interest
Bank loans
Capitalised issue costs
Analysis of changes in interest-bearing loans and borrowings
At the beginning of the period
Net bank loans (drawndown)/repaid
Partial repayment of 2007 Notes
Issue of 2014 Notes
Issue costs
Repayment of finance leases
Amortisation of issue costs and write off of financing fees
Net translation gain/fair value adjustment
Accrued interest
At the end of the period
Derivatives hedging balance sheet debt *
Debt translated at contracted rate
2014
£m
(0.3)
(180.9)
(160.5)
(111.7)
(105.2)
(3.6)
(1.4)
1.3
2013
£m
(0.5)
(270.3)
(164.8)
(112.2)
-
(3.9)
(1.0)
2.8
(562.3)
(549.9)
2014
£m
(549.9)
(0.4)
76.8
(105.8)
0.4
0.2
(1.9)
18.0
0.3
(562.3)
38.1
(524.2)
2013
£m
(559.3)
0.6
-
-
-
0.4
(0.9)
8.6
0.7
(549.9)
56.1
(493.8)
*
Represents the element of the fair value of interest rate currency swaps hedging the balance sheet value of the private placement notes. This amount has been disclosed
separately to demonstrate the impact of foreign exchange movements which are included in interest bearing loans and borrowings.
Bank loans
The bank loans classified as non-current are repayable by December 2018 (2013: December 2018).
Loans outstanding at 28 September 2014 attract interest at an average rate of 4.21% for euro denominated loans (2013: 4.03%) and 11.00%
for Indian Rupee denominated loans (2013: nil). There were no sterling denominated bank loans outstanding at 28 September 2014 (2013:
£nil).
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 112 Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
22. Interest bearing loans and borrowings (continued)
Private placement notes
The group holds loan notes with coupons and maturities as shown in the following table:
Year issued
2007
2007
2009
2010
2010
2014
2014
Maturity date
February 2019
February 2017 – February 2019
December 2014 – December 2019
December 2017
December 2017 – December 2022
February 2021 – February 2024
February 2024 – February 2026
Amount
£13m
$273m
$250m
£7.5m
$163m
£35m
$114m
Interest terms
UK£ fixed at 5.94%
US$ fixed at 5.90% - 6.00%
US$ fixed at 4.07% - 5.24%
UK£ fixed at 3.74%
US$ fixed at 3.45% - 4.14%
UK£ fixed at 3.40% - 3.92%
US$ fixed at 4.09% - 4.24%
The group entered into a number of cross-currency swap agreements in relation to the loan notes to manage any foreign exchange risk on
interest rates or on the repayment of the principal borrowed. These swaps expire in line with the loan notes and are discussed in note 26.
See note 25 for an analysis of the interest rate profile and the maturity of the borrowings and related interest rate swaps.
Partial repayment of 2007 Notes
On 20 February 2014, in line with the maturity profile of the 2007 Notes, Britvic plc repaid US$102m (equivalent to £51.8m) and £25m of
Senior Notes in the United States private placement market (USPP) using funds received from the issuance of 2014 Notes (see below).
Issue of 2014 Notes
On 20 February 2014, Britvic plc issued US$114m (equivalent to £70.8m) and £35m of Senior Notes in the United States private placement
market (the ‘2014 Notes’). The proceeds from the 2014 Notes were principally used to repay amounts due in relation to the maturity of certain
tranches of the 2007 Notes.
Issue costs of £0.4m incurred in the period relate to the issue of the 2014 Notes.
The 2014 Notes are unsecured and rank pari passu in right of repayment with other senior unsecured indebtedness of the group.
23. Pensions
The group’s principal pension scheme for GB employees, the Britvic Pension Plan (‘BPP’) has both a defined benefit and contribution section.
The defined benefit section was closed to new members from 1 August 2002 and closed to future accrual for active members from 1 April
2011, with new members moving to the defined contribution section for future service benefits.
Contributions are paid into the defined benefit section of the BPP as determined by the trustee, agreed by the company and certified by an
independent actuary in the Schedule of Contributions. The latest formal actuarial valuation for contribution purposes was carried out as at 31
March 2013. No additional employer contributions have been requested as the funding level has improved since the 2010 actuarial valuation.
The BPP is a limited partner of Britvic Scottish Limited Partnership (‘Britvic SLP’), which in turn is a limited partner in both Britvic Property
Partnership (‘Britvic PP’) and Britvic Brands LLP (‘Britvic Brands’). Britvic SLP, Britvic PP and Britvic Brands are all consolidated by the group.
The investment held by BPP does not represent a plan asset for accounting purposes and is therefore not included in the fair value of the plan
assets.
In 2010/11 properties were transferred to Britvic PP at a value of £28.6m and in 2011/12 certain group brands to the value of £72.4m were
transferred to Britvic Brands, all of which are leased back to Britvic Soft Drinks Limited. The group retains operational flexibility over the
properties and brands including the ability to substitute the properties and brands held by Britvic PP and Britvic Brands respectively.
The BPP is entitled to a share of the profits in Britvic SLP until 2026. At the end of this period, the partnership capital allocated to the BPP will
be changed to an amount equal to any funding deficit of the BPP at this time, up to a maximum of £105m.
In addition to the expected partnership income of at least £5m per annum, the group will make payments to the BPP of £15m per annum by
31 December each year, from 2014 to 2017. Additional contributions of £15m per annum by 31 December in the years 2018 and 2019 will be
made should the formal actuarial valuation in 2016 reveal that these contributions are necessary to return the BPP to full funding on a self-
sufficiency basis by 31 March 2020. During this year £20m of additional contributions were paid to the BPP, of which £15m was paid by the
group and £5.0m relates to income received from the pension funding partnership (‘PFP’) structure.
Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
113
23. Pensions (continued)
All members of the defined benefit section of the BPP may benefit from the Enhanced Early Retirement Facility (‘EERF’), which is a non-
contractual benefit that allows members to retire within five years of reaching the normal pension age without a reduction in their pension, and
to benefit from smaller reductions in their pension if they retire more than five years before reaching normal pension age. The company has
given notice to all Plan members that the EERF will be withdrawn from 5 April 2016.
The amount recognised as an expense in relation to the BPP defined contribution scheme in the consolidated income statement for 2014 was
£10.8m (2013: £10.6m).
Britvic’s business in GB also has a secured unfunded unregistered retirement benefit scheme called The Britvic Executive Top Up Scheme
(‘BETUS’) which provides benefits for members who have historically exceeded the Earnings Cap, or the Lifetime Allowance whilst members of
the defined benefit section of the BPP. BETUS closed to future accrual on 10 April 2011 which coincided with the closure of the defined benefit
section of the BPP.
The Britvic Northern Ireland Pension Plan (‘BNIPP’) is a defined benefit pension plan which was closed to new members on 28 February 2006,
and since this date new employees have been eligible to join a Stakeholder plan with Legal & General. The latest formal actuarial valuation for
contribution purposes was carried out as at 31 December 2011.
The Britvic Ireland Pension Plan (‘BIPP’) is a defined benefit pension plan. Following legislative changes made in 2012 no deficit recovery
contributions are currently required. The next triennial valuation is due as at 1 January 2015. The trustee has been undertaking investment
de-risking to protect the on-going funding position achieved as a result of the 2012 changes.
The amount recognised as an expense in relation to the Irish defined contribution schemes in the consolidated income statement for 2014 was
£0.8m (2013: £0.8m).
Britvic France operates two defined benefit schemes: in the first, employees receive long-service cash payments at various stages throughout
their careers. From the second, employees receive a lump sum at retirement. Payment amounts are dependent upon salary and service with
the company. The schemes are unfunded therefore these benefits are paid directly as they fall due.
All group pension schemes are administered by trustees who are independent of the group’s finances, except for the Britvic France schemes
which are operated directly by the company.
The assets and liabilities of the pension schemes were valued on an IAS 19 (Revised) basis at 28 September 2014 by Towers Watson (BPP
and the French schemes), Invesco (BIPP) and Buck (BNIPP).
Impact of IAS 19 (Revised)
The most significant change for Britvic under IAS 19 (Revised) is the replacement of interest cost and expected return on plan assets with a
finance cost component which is determined by applying the same discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation to the net
defined benefit liability or asset. The difference between the actual return on plan assets and the discount rate will be presented in other
comprehensive income. Other changes include the treatment of expenses paid in relation to the plans and the narrative disclosures.
Risks
• For defined contribution sections and plans, the group’s liability is limited to the requirement to pay contributions on behalf of each employee.
In these arrangements the associated risks are borne by the members.
• For defined benefit sections and plans, the group bears the risks of operation. The main risk that the group runs in respect of the defined
benefit schemes is that additional contributions are required to pay for the benefits if investment returns are not sufficient. The contributions
required for the schemes are in general determined at each triennial actuarial funding valuation. The key factors that will affect the need for
additional contributions include levels of long-term inflation and interest rates and the assessment of how long members are expected to live,
along with the level of investment return achieved. The level of investment return achieved is subject to a range of risks typical of the asset
classes held, in particular market risk on equities, credit risk on corporate bonds and exposure to the property market. The discount rates
used to calculate the liabilities are set by reference to yields on high quality corporate bonds. There is therefore a mismatch between the
assets held and the way that the liabilities are calculated, meaning that the net balance sheet position disclosed under IAS 19 could
fluctuate.
• For the BPP, the trustee holds the power to determine the contribution rates that the group should pay, although the group fully uses the
opportunity to make representation to the trustee on this point.
• The trustee of the BPP agreed to implement a revised investment strategy following the completion of the 31 March 2013 valuation. The
revised investment strategy will consist of a diverse range of fixed interest and index-linked securities, which will provide a partial hedge
against inflation and interest rate risk. The removal of equities from the investment portfolio will also reduce investment risk.
• The BPP is exposed to specific non-financial risks in respect of the non-contractual EERF benefit available to all members of its defined
benefit section. If more members than expected choose to exercise this option, it will serve to increase the pension liability. An allowance for
some members to exercise this option has already been made within the liabilities and the facility will be withdrawn from 5 April 2016, at
which point this risk will be removed.
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 114 Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
23. Pensions (continued)
Risks (continued)
The funding partnership mitigates the risk that additional cash contributions will be required after 31 March 2026, as the partnership will pay up
to £105m to remove any funding deficit at 31 March 2026.
Principal assumptions
Financial assumptions
Discount rate
Rate of compensation increase
Pension increases
Inflation assumption
Discount rate
Rate of compensation increase
Pension increases
Inflation assumption
* Rate dependent on employee and business unit.
Demographic assumptions
ROI
%
3.00
2.75
NI
%
3.90
3.60
France
%
1.86
1.00-4.00*
-
2.10-2.30
1.75
2.30
-
-
ROI
%
4.25
3.00
NI
%
4.60
3.75
France
%
3.12
1.00-4.00*
2014
GB
%
4.00
n/a
1.90-2.95
3.20
2013
GB
%
4.55
n/a
-
1.95-2.45
2.00
2.45
-
-
1.95-3.05
3.35
The most significant non-financial assumption is the assumed rate of longevity. This is based on standard actuarial tables, which for the BPP
are known as SAPS Series 1. An allowance for future improvements in longevity has also been included. The following life expectancy
assumptions have been used:
Current pensioners (at age 65) – males
Current pensioners (at age 65) – females
Future pensioners currently aged 45 (at
age 65) – males
Future pensioners currently aged 45 (at
age 65) – females
2014
ROI
Years
20.9
23.4
23.3
25.5
2014
NI
Years
22.2
24.9
24.0
26.4
2014
GB
Years
21.3
24.3
23.1
26.2
2013
ROI
Years
22.7
24.5
25.6
26.8
2013
NI
Years
22.0
25.0
23.3
26.6
2013
GB
Years
22.2
24.8
24.4
27.1
The mortality assumptions used to calculate the GB pension obligation were revised in 2014 following a mortality analysis carried out as part of
the actuarial valuation of the BPP at 31 March 2013.
For the French arrangements mortality follows the INSEE 2012 tables. As benefits are paid on retirement, the mortality assumption is of much
less significance for these arrangements than for the GB and Irish arrangements.
Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
115
23. Pensions (continued)
Principal assumptions (continued)
Sensitivities
Changes in assumptions used for determining retirement benefit costs and obligations may have a material impact on the consolidated income
statement and balance sheet. The main assumptions are the discount rate, the rate of inflation and the assumed mortality rate. The following
table provides an estimate of the potential impact of each of these variables on the principal pension plans.
Assumption
Change in
assumption
Impact on ROI
liabilities
Impact on NI
liabilities
Impact on France
liabilities
Impact on GB
liabilities
Discount rate
Increase by 0.5%
Decrease by £8.0m Decrease by £3.1m Decrease by £0.2m Decrease by £54.1m
Decrease by 0.5%
Increase by £9.4m
Increase by £3.1m
Increase by £0.2m
Increase by £63.0m
Inflation rate
Increase by 0.25%*
Increase by £2.1m
Increase by £0.8m
n/a
Decrease by 0.25%* Decrease by £2.0m Decrease by £0.8m n/a
Longevity rates
Increase by 1 year
Increase by £1.2m
Increase by £0.9m
n/a
Increase by £25.2m
Decrease by £19.4m
Increase by £20.3m
* The sensitivity to inflation assumption includes corresponding changes to future salary (applicable only to France) and future pension increase assumptions.
Net benefit income/(expense)
Current service cost
Net interest on net defined benefit asset/(liability)
Curtailment gain
Settlement gain
Net income/(expense)
Current service cost
Net interest on net defined benefit asset/(liability)
Settlement gain
Net income/(expense)
ROI
£m
(0.8)
(0.1)
0.4
-
(0.5)
ROI
£m
(0.8)
-
-
NI
£m
(0.1)
-
-
-
France
£m
(0.1)
(0.1)
-
-
(0.1)
(0.2)
NI
£m
(0.2)
-
-
France
£m
(0.1)
(0.1)
-
(0.2)
(0.8)
(0.2)
GB
£m
-
-
-
1.3
1.3
GB
£m
-
(0.1)
3.8
3.7
2014
Total
£m
(1.0)
(0.2)
0.4
1.3
0.5
2013
Total
£m
(1.1)
(0.2)
3.8
2.5
Other than stated below, the net income detailed above is recognised in arriving at net profit from continuing operations before tax and finance
costs/income, and is included within cost of sales, selling and distribution costs and administration expenses.
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 116 Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
23. Pensions (continued)
Taken to the statement of comprehensive income
Actual return on scheme assets
Less: Return on plan assets (excluding amounts
included in net interest expense)
Gains/(losses) due to demographic assumptions
Losses due to financial assumptions
Experience gains
Remeasurement losses taken to the statement of
comprehensive income
Actual return on scheme assets
Less: Return on plan assets (excluding amounts
included in net interest expense)
Gains due to demographic assumptions
Gains/(losses) due to financial assumptions
Experience gains
Remeasurement gains/(losses) taken to the statement of
comprehensive income
Net (liability)/asset
Present value of benefit obligation
Fair value of plan assets
Net (liability)/asset
Present value of benefit obligation
Fair value of plan assets
Net (liability)/asset
ROI
£m
8.5
(2.2)
6.3
4.3
(12.5)
0.4
(1.5)
ROI
£m
3.5
(2.4)
1.1
4.1
0.6
(0.6)
5.2
ROI
£m
(60.5)
58.0
(2.5)
ROI
£m
(54.8)
53.2
(1.6)
NI
£m
2.8
(1.2)
1.6
(0.2)
(3.3)
0.2
(1.7)
NI
£m
2.2
(1.2)
1.0
-
(1.7)
2.5
1.8
NI
£m
(30.5)
30.4
(0.1)
NI
£m
(26.6)
26.7
0.1
France
£m
-
-
-
-
(0.4)
-
(0.4)
France
£m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
France
£m
(2.7)
-
(2.7)
France
£m
(2.2)
0.1
(2.1)
GB
£m
48.0
(25.1)
22.9
16.8
(48.4)
-
(8.7)
GB
£m
39.9
(23.9)
16.0
-
(59.7)
4.3
(39.4)
GB
£m
(598.7)
595.6
(3.1)
GB
£m
(562.4)
546.7
(15.7)
2014
Total
£m
59.3
(28.5)
30.8
20.9
(64.6)
0.6
(12.3)
2013
Total
£m
45.6
(27.5)
18.1
4.1
(60.8)
6.2
(32.4)
2014
Total
£m
(692.4)
684.0
(8.4)
2013
Total
£m
(646.0)
626.7
(19.3)
Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
117
23. Pensions (continued)
Movements in present value of benefit obligation
At 29 September 2013
Exchange differences
Curtailment gain
Settlement gain
Current service cost
Member contributions
Interest cost on benefit obligation
Benefits paid
Remeasurement gains/(losses)
At 28 September 2014
ROI
£m
(54.8)
3.7
0.4
-
(0.8)
(0.2)
(2.2)
1.2
(7.8)
NI
£m
(26.6)
-
-
-
(0.1)
-
(1.2)
0.7
(3.3)
(60.5)
(30.5)
France
£m
GB
£m
2014
Total
£m
(2.2)
(562.4)
(646.0)
-
-
-
(0.1)
-
(0.1)
0.1
(0.4)
(2.7)
-
-
1.3
-
-
(25.1)
19.1
(31.6)
3.7
0.4
1.3
(1.0)
(0.2)
(28.6)
21.1
(43.1)
(598.7)
(692.4)
Weighted average duration of the liabilities
23 years
20 years
14 years
22 years
At 30 September 2012
Exchange differences
Settlement gain
Current service cost
Member contributions
Interest cost on benefit obligation
Benefits paid
Remeasurement gains/(losses)
At 29 September 2013
ROI
£m
(53.6)
(3.0)
-
(0.8)
(0.3)
(2.4)
1.2
4.1
NI
£m
(26.8)
-
-
(0.2)
-
(1.2)
0.8
0.8
(54.8)
(26.6)
France
£m
GB
£m
2013
Total
£m
(2.0)
(0.1)
-
(0.1)
-
(0.1)
0.1
-
(2.2)
(503.9)
(586.3)
-
3.8
-
-
(24.0)
17.1
(55.4)
(3.1)
3.8
(1.1)
(0.3)
(27.7)
19.2
(50.5)
(562.4)
(646.0)
Weighted average duration of the liabilities
22 years
20 years
14 years
22 years
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 118 Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
23. Pensions (continued)
Movements in fair value of plan assets
At 29 September 2013
Exchange differences
Interest income on plan assets
Return on scheme assets excluding interest income
Employer contributions
Member contributions
Benefits paid
At 28 September 2014
At 30 September 2012
Exchange differences
Interest income on plan assets
Return on scheme assets excluding interest income
Employer contributions
Member contributions
Benefits paid
At 29 September 2013
ROI
£m
53.2
(3.4)
2.1
6.3
0.8
0.2
(1.2)
58.0
ROI
£m
47.2
2.6
2.4
1.1
0.8
0.3
(1.2)
53.2
NI
£m
26.7
-
1.2
1.6
1.6
-
(0.7)
30.4
NI
£m
23.8
-
1.2
1.0
1.5
-
(0.8)
26.7
France
£m
0.1
-
-
-
-
-
(0.1)
-
France
£m
0.2
-
-
-
-
-
(0.1)
0.1
GB
£m
546.7
-
25.1
22.9
20.0
-
(19.1)
595.6
GB
£m
511.4
-
23.9
16.0
12.5
-
(17.1)
546.7
2014
Total
£m
626.7
(3.4)
28.4
30.8
22.4
0.2
(21.1)
684.0
2013
Total
£m
582.6
2.6
27.5
18.1
14.8
0.3
(19.2)
626.7
Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
119
23. Pensions (continued)
Categories of scheme assets as a percentage of the fair value of total scheme assets
UK equities
Overseas equities
Properties
Corporate bonds
Fixed interest gilts
Index linked gilts
Cash and other assets
Total
UK equities
Overseas equities
Properties
Corporate bonds
Fixed interest gilts
Index linked gilts
Cash and other assets
Total
ROI
£m
0.9
23.9
-
-
29.3
-
3.9
58.0
ROI
£m
1.4
29.3
-
-
21.9
-
0.6
53.2
NI
£m
7.4
7.6
-
4.6
4.6
6.1
0.1
30.4
NI
£m
6.8
6.9
-
3.8
3.8
5.0
0.4
26.7
France
£m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
France
£m
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.1
0.1
GB
£m
98.8
47.5
5.5
196.2
-
245.7
1.9
595.6
GB
£m
118.6
106.7
7.6
142.1
18.0
150.6
3.1
546.7
2014
Total
£m
107.1
79.0
5.5
200.8
33.9
251.8
5.9
684.0
2013
Total
£m
126.8
142.9
7.6
145.9
43.7
155.6
4.2
626.7
2014
Total
%
16
11
1
29
5
37
1
100
2013
Total
%
20
23
1
23
7
25
1
100
The fair values of the above equity and debt instruments are determined based on quoted market prices in active markets whereas the fair
values of properties are not based on quoted market prices.
Normal contributions of £0.8m are expected to be paid into the defined benefit pension schemes during the 2015 financial year.
Additional contributions of £21.5m are expected to be paid into the defined benefit pension schemes during the 2015 financial year, of which
£16.5m is expected to be paid by the group and £5.0m by the partnership.
24. Trade and other payables (current)
Trade payables
Other payables
Accruals and deferred income
Other taxes and social security
Trade payables are non-interest bearing and are normally settled on 60 - 90 day terms.
2014
£m
248.4
4.5
81.5
45.3
379.7
2013
£m
237.1
4.9
99.2
40.3
381.5
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 120 Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
25. Financial risk management objectives and policies
Overview
The group’s principal financial instruments comprise derivatives, borrowings and overdrafts, and cash and cash equivalents. These financial
instruments are used to manage interest rate and currency exposures, funding and liquidity requirements and share price exposure arising
under the group’s employee incentive schemes. Other financial instruments which arise directly from the group’s operations include trade
receivables and payables (see notes 18 and 24 respectively).
It is, and has always been, the group’s policy that no derivative is entered into for trading or speculative purposes.
The main risks arising from the group’s financial instruments are interest rate risk, foreign currency risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. Additionally,
the group is exposed to commodity price risk and share price risk. The board of directors review and agree policies for managing these risks as
summarised below.
Interest rate risk
The group’s policy is to manage its interest cost by maintaining a mix of fixed and variable rate debt. The group’s policy is to have an average
over the next three years of between 25% and 80% of its borrowings at fixed rates of interest. To manage this, the group enters into interest
rate swaps, cross currency swaps and forward rate agreements to hedge underlying debt obligations. At 28 September 2014 after taking into
account the effect of these instruments, approximately 75% of the group’s borrowings are at a fixed rate of interest (2013: 79%).
Interest rate risk table
The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in interest rates, with all other variables held constant, on the
group’s profit before tax (through the impact on floating rate borrowings) and equity (through the change in fair values of applicable derivative
instruments).
2014
Sterling
Euro
2013
Sterling
Euro
Increase/
(decrease) in
basis points
Effect on
profit/(loss)
before tax
£m
Effect on
equity
£m
200
(200)
200
(200)
200
(200)
200
(200)
0.1
(0.1)
(0.2)
0.1
-
-
0.7
(0.8)
25.0
(29.1)
5.6
(6.5)
18.7
(22.1)
6.5
(7.6)
Foreign currency risk
Foreign currency risk is primarily in respect of exposure to fluctuations to the sterling-euro, sterling-US dollar and euro-US dollar rates of
exchange. The group has operations in euro-denominated countries and finances these partly through the use of foreign currency borrowings
and cross currency swaps which hedge the translation risk of net investments in foreign operations. Additionally cash generation from
euro-denominated operations can be utilised to meet euro payment obligations in sterling denominated companies, providing a natural hedge.
The group also has transactional exposures arising from purchases of prime materials, capital expenditure and interest costs in currencies other
than the functional currency of the individual group entities. Non functional currency purchases and interest costs are mainly in the currencies of
US dollars and euros. As at 28 September 2014 the group has hedged 72% (2013: 65%) of forecast net exposures 12 months in advance
using forward foreign exchange contracts.
Where funding is raised in a currency other than the currency ultimately required by the group, cross currency interest rate swaps are used to
convert the cash flows to the required currency. These swaps have the same duration and other critical terms as the underlying borrowing.
Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
121
25. Financial risk management objectives and policies (continued)
Foreign currency risk (continued)
The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in the US dollar and euro exchange rates, with all other
variables held constant, of the group’s profit before tax (due to changes in the fair value of monetary assets and liabilities) and the group’s equity
(due to changes in fair value of forward exchange contracts).
2014
Sterling/euro
Sterling/US dollar
Euro/US dollar
2013
Sterling/euro
Sterling/US dollar
Euro/US dollar
Increase/
(decrease) in
currency rate
%
Effect on
profit
before tax
£m
10
(10)
10
(10)
10
(10)
10
(10)
10
(10)
10
(10)
(2.1)
2.1
(0.4)
0.4
(0.5)
0.5
(1.1)
1.1
(0.5)
0.5
(1.1)
1.1
Effect on
equity
£m
4.0
(4.0)
1.0
(1.0)
1.9
(1.9)
6.5
(6.5)
1.3
(1.3)
1.6
(1.6)
Credit risk
The group trades only with recognised creditworthy third parties. It is the group’s policy that all customers who wish to trade on credit terms are
subject to credit verification procedures. In addition, receivable balances are monitored on an ongoing basis with the result that the group’s
exposure to bad debts is not significant. The maximum exposure is the carrying amount disclosed in note 18. For transactions that do not
occur in the country of the relevant operating unit, the group does not offer credit terms without the approval of the Head of Finance Shared
Services. There are no significant concentrations of credit risk within the group.
The group maintains a policy on counterparty credit exposures with banks and financial institutions arising from the use of derivatives and financial
instruments. This policy restricts the investment of surplus funds and entering into derivatives to counterparties with a minimum credit rating maintained by
either Moody’s, Standard & Poors or Fitch. The level of exposure with counterparties at various ratings levels is also restricted under this policy. The level
of exposure and the credit worthiness of the group’s banking counterparties is reviewed regularly to ensure compliance with this policy.
Commodity price risk
The main commodity price risk arises in the purchases of prime materials, being polyethylene terephthalate (PET), sugar, steel and frozen
concentrated orange juice. Where it is considered commercially advantageous, the group enters into fixed price contracts with suppliers to
hedge against unfavourable commodity price changes.
Share schemes equity price risk
The group operates several employee incentive share schemes. It has an exposure to the share price for the schemes in which shares are
purchased in the market to satisfy the requirements of the plan. To hedge this risk the group has entered into a number of total return share
swaps against schemes maturing in 2014.
The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in the Britvic plc share price, with all other variables held
constant, of the group’s profit before tax (due to changes in the fair value of the share swaps).
2014
2013
Increase/
(decrease) in
share price
%
Effect on
profit
before tax
£m
10
(10)
10
(10)
0.9
(0.9)
0.8
(0.8)
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 122 Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
25. Financial risk management objectives and policies (continued)
Liquidity risk
The group monitors its risk of a shortage of funds using rolling cash flow forecasts. These forecasts consider the maturity of both its financial
investments and financial assets (e.g. accounts receivable, other financial assets) and projected cash flows from operations. The objective of
the group’s liquidity policy is to maintain a balance between continuity of funds and flexibility through the use of bank loans and overdrafts and
long term private placement issuance. The bank loans entered into under the £400.0m bank facility are unsecured however £0.8m of
outstanding Britvic France bank loans are secured. At 28 September 2014, £22.4m of the group’s debt will mature in less than one year (2013:
£91.6m).
The table below summarises the maturity profile of the group’s financial liabilities at 28 September 2014 based on contractual undiscounted
payments and receipts including interest:
2014
Bank loans
Private placement notes
Derivatives hedging private placement notes - payments
Derivatives hedging private placement notes - receipts
Interest rate swap - payments
Interest rate swap - receipts
Trade and other payables (excluding other taxes and social security)
Finance leases
Other financial liabilities
2013
Bank loans
Private placement notes
Derivatives hedging private placement notes - payments
Derivatives hedging private placement notes - receipts
Interest rate swap - payments
Interest rate swap - receipts
Trade and other payables (excluding other taxes and social security)
Finance leases
Other financial liabilities
Less than
1 year
£m
0.8
44.8
34.9
(42.0)
37.7
1.3
(0.2)
1.1
334.4
0.1
1.6
1 to 5
years
£m
0.6
360.0
272.1
(301.7)
330.4
0.4
-
0.4
-
0.2
-
> 5 years
Total
£m
-
277.7
226.8
(241.4)
263.1
-
-
-
-
-
-
£m
1.4
682.5
533.8
(585.1)
631.2
1.7
(0.2)
1.5
334.4
0.3
1.6
375.7
331.6
263.1
970.4
Less than
1 year
£m
0.2
113.2
67.9
(75.0)
106.1
1.6
(0.3)
1.3
341.2
0.2
1.4
1 to 5
years
£m
0.8
285.7
229.2
(256.4)
258.5
2.1
(0.3)
1.8
-
0.3
-
> 5 years
£m
0.1
253.4
215.7
(226.6)
242.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
Total
£m
1.1
652.3
512.8
(558.0)
607.1
3.7
(0.6)
3.1
341.2
0.5
1.4
450.4
261.4
242.6
954.4
Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
123
25. Financial risk management objectives and policies (continued)
Liquidity risk (continued)
In respect of the private placement notes, the periods when the cash flows are expected to occur (as shown by the tables above) and when
they are expected to affect the consolidated income statement are the same.
Details with regard to derivative contracts are included in note 26.
All bank loans outstanding at year end were secured loans from inception.
Fair value
Hierarchy
The group uses the following valuation hierarchy to determine the carrying value of financial instruments that are measured at fair value:
Level 1: quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2: other techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or indirectly.
Level 3: techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market data.
2014
Level 1
Level 2 - Derivatives used for hedging
- Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss
- Fair value of fixed rate borrowings
Level 3
Total
2013
Level 1
Level 2 - Derivatives used for hedging
- Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss
- Fair value of fixed rate borrowings
Level 3
Total
Assets
£m
Liabilities
£m
-
66.5
2.6
-
-
-
(9.6)
(1.9)
(584.5)
-
69.1
(596.0)
Assets
£m
-
74.0
1.3
-
-
Liabilities
£m
-
(8.5)
(2.9)
(572.6)
-
75.3
(584.0)
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements
124 Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
25. Financial risk management objectives and policies (continued)
Fair value (continued)
Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market, do not
qualify as trading assets and have not been designated as either fair value through profit or loss or available for sale. Non-derivative financial
liabilities are carried at amortised cost.
All derivatives are valued using valuation techniques with market observable inputs; this covers cross currency interest rate swaps, interest rate
swaps, FX forwards, FX swaps and share swaps. The most frequently applied valuation techniques include forward pricing and swap models
using present value calculations. In assessing the fair value of derivatives the non-performance risk of both Britvic and its derivative trading
counterparties has been taken into consideration. Default credit risk has been measured and the potential impact on derivatives valuations
quantified. As at 28 September 2014, the potential impact from non-performance risk on the fair value of the derivatives portfolio is not
material.
As in the prior year, the carrying value of financial assets and liabilities disclosed in notes 18, 19, 22, 24 and 26 are considered to be reasonable
approximations of their fair values, except for fixed rate borrowings which, at 28 September 2014, have a book value of £562.0m (2013:
£540.1m) compared to a fair value £584.5m (2013: £572.6m).
The fair value of the group’s fixed rate interest-bearing borrowings and loans are determined by using discounted cash flow methods using
discount rates that reflect the group’s borrowing rate as at the end of the reporting period. The own non-performance risk as at 28 September
2014 was assessed to be insignificant.
Capital management
The group defines ‘capital’ as being net debt plus equity. The group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the group’s ability to
continue as a going concern and maintain an appropriate capital structure to balance the needs of the group to grow, whilst operating with
sufficient headroom within its bank covenants.
The group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it, in light of changes in economic conditions. To maintain or adjust the
capital structure, the group has a number of options available to it including modifying dividend payments to shareholders, returning capital to
shareholders or issuing new shares. In this way, the group balances returns to shareholders between long term growth and current returns
whilst maintaining capital discipline in relation to investing activities and taking any necessary action on costs to respond to the current
environment.
The group monitors capital on the basis of the adjusted net debt/EBITDA ratio. Adjusted net debt is calculated as being the net of cash and
cash equivalents, interest bearing loans and borrowings and the element of the fair value of interest rate currency swaps hedging the balance
sheet value of the US private placement notes. Adjusted net debt is shown in note 30. The adjusted net debt/EBITDA ratio enables the group
to plan its capital requirements in the medium term. The group uses this measure to provide useful information to financial institutions and
investors.
26. Derivatives and hedge relationships
Derivatives not designated as part of hedge relationships
Interest rate swaps
The 2009 USPP cross currency swaps converted an amount of US dollar borrowings into a floating rate euro liability. To mitigate exposure to
changes in euro interest rates on this liability, €75.0m of interest rate swaps were transacted. These 5-year fixed rate swaps had an effective
start date of December 2010.
Share swaps
The group operates several employee incentive share schemes. It has an exposure to the share price for the schemes in which shares are
purchased in the market to satisfy the requirements of the plan. To hedge this risk the group has entered into a number of total return share
swaps against schemes maturing in 2014.
FX swaps
As part of operational cash management €127.4m of euro/sterling FX swaps were in existence at 28 September 2014 (2013: €82.5m).
Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
125
26. Derivatives and hedge relationships (continued)
Hedging activities
The group has a number of derivative contracts which are designated as part of effective hedge relationships. These are included in other
financial assets and liabilities as follows:
Consolidated balance sheet
Non-current assets: other financial assets
Fair value of the 2007 USD GBP cross currency fixed interest rate swaps¹
Fair value of the 2009 USD GBP cross currency floating interest rate swaps ³
Fair value of the 2009 GBP euro cross currency floating interest rate swaps ²
Current assets: other financial assets
Fair value of the 2007 USD GBP cross currency fixed interest rate swaps¹
Fair value of the 2009 USD GBP cross currency floating interest rate swaps ³
Fair value of forward currency contracts ¹
Fair value of share swaps
Current liabilities: other financial liabilities
Fair value of forward currency contracts ¹
Fair value of foreign exchange swaps
Fair value of interest rate swaps
Non-current liabilities: other financial liabilities
Fair value of the 2010 USD GBP cross currency fixed interest rate swaps¹
Fair value of the 2010 GBP euro cross currency fixed interest rate swaps ²
Fair value of the 2010 USD GBP cross currency floating interest rate swaps ³
Fair value of the 2014 USD GBP cross currency fixed interest rate swaps ¹
Fair value of interest rate swaps
¹ Instruments designated as part of a cash flow hedge relationship.
² Instruments designated as part of a net investment hedge relationship.
³ Instruments designated as part of a fair value hedge relationship.
2014
£m
2013
£m
34.4
15.1
15.1
64.6
-
0.7
1.2
2.6
4.5
(1.5)
(0.1)
-
(1.6)
(4.9)
(0.2)
(0.9)
(2.1)
(1.8)
(9.9)
36.9
20.2
5.4
62.5
11.4
-
0.1
1.3
12.8
(1.2)
(0.1)
(0.1)
(1.4)
(4.9)
(1.6)
(0.8)
-
(2.7)
(10.0)
There have been no significant changes to derivative contracts designated as part of effective hedge relationships in the period. As at the 28
September 2014 these hedging relationships are categorised as follows:
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 126 Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
26. Derivatives and hedge relationships (continued)
Cash flow hedges
Forward currency contracts
The forward currency contracts hedge the expected future purchases in the period to October 2015 and have been assessed as part of
effective cash flow hedge relationships as at 28 September 2014. All cash flows under forward currency contracts fall due within one year.
Cross currency interest rate swaps
USD GBP cross currency interest rate swaps
The group has a number of cross currency interest rate swaps relating to the 2007, 2010 and 2014 USPP Notes. These cross currency interest
rate swaps have the effect of fixing both the value of the USD borrowings into sterling and the rate of interest payable. The cross currency
interest rate swaps are designated as part of a cash flow hedge relationship with the Notes.
The cross currency interest rate swaps were assessed to be highly effective hedges as at 28 September 2014.
Cash flows due under these cross currency interest rate swaps match the interest payment dates and maturity profile of the USPP Notes. The
maturity profile of the USPP Notes can be seen in note 22.
Cash flow hedge net unrealised gains/(losses) and related deferred tax assets/(liabilities):
2014
Forward currency contracts
2007 cross currency swaps
2010 cross currency swaps
2014 cross currency swaps
2013
Forward currency contracts
2007 cross currency swaps
2010 cross currency swaps
2014 cross currency swaps
Fair value hedges
Net unrealised
gain/(loss) within equity
£m
Related deferred tax
asset/(liability)
£m
(0.3)
5.1
(1.4)
(1.4)
(0.1)
(1.0)
0.3
0.3
Net unrealised
gain/(loss) within equity
£m
Related deferred tax
asset/(liability)
£m
(1.2)
6.5
(1.9)
-
0.3
(1.3)
0.4
-
Cross currency interest rate swaps
The group has a number of cross currency interest rate swaps in respect of the 2009 and 2010 USPP Notes. These instruments swap the
principal and interest from fixed rate US dollar into floating rate sterling (the ‘2009 and 2010 USD GBP cross currency interest rate swaps’). The
cross currency interest rate swaps are designated as part of a fair value hedge relationship with the Notes.
The fair value movements on the 2009 and 2010 USD GBP cross currency interest rate instruments are recorded in the consolidated income
statement, as is the fair value movement in the Notes.
The cross currency interest rate swaps were assessed to be highly effective hedges as at 28 September 2014.
The decrease in fair value of the cross currency interest rate swaps of £4.5m (2013: £9.3m decrease) has been recognised in finance costs
and offset with a similar gain on the borrowings. No ineffectiveness has been recognised in the consolidated income statement (2013: £nil).
Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
127
26. Derivatives and hedge relationships (continued)
Net investment hedges
2009 and 2010 GBP EUR cross currency interest rate swaps
These instruments swap sterling liabilities arising from the 2009 and 2010 USD GBP cross currency interest rate swaps into euro liabilities and
have been designated as part of effective hedges of the net investments in Britvic France and Britvic Ireland.
The GBP EUR cross currency interest rate swaps, along with the underlying loan instruments, are being used to hedge the group’s exposure to
foreign exchange risk on these euro investments. Movements in the fair value of the GBP EUR cross currency interest rate swaps are taken to
equity where they offset foreign exchange movements on the translation of the net investments in Britvic France and Britvic Ireland.
No ineffectiveness has been recognised in the consolidated income statement (2013: £nil).
Impact of derivatives and hedge relationships on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
Amounts recycled to the income statement in respect of cash flow hedges
Forward currency contracts*
2007 cross currency interest rate swaps**
2010 cross currency interest rate swaps**
2014 cross currency interest rate swaps**
Gains/(losses) in the period in respect of cash flow hedges
Forward currency contracts
2007 cross currency interest rate swaps
2010 cross currency interest rate swaps
2014 cross currency interest rate swaps
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
Movement on 2009 GBP euro cross currency interest rate swaps
Movement on 2010 GBP euro cross currency interest rate swaps
Exchange movements on translation of foreign operations
* Offsetting amounts recorded in cost of sales.
** Offsetting amounts recorded in finance costs.
2014
£m
2013
£m
(3.2)
12.5
0.5
0.7
10.5
4.1
(14.0)
-
(2.0)
(11.9)
9.7
1.4
(15.0)
(3.9)
0.6
(0.4)
(0.1)
-
0.1
0.1
(1.6)
0.1
-
(1.4)
(5.7)
(4.0)
9.7
-
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 128 Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
27. Other liabilities
Current
Non-current
Firm commitment
A firm commitment exists in respect of the receipt of the 2009 and 2010 Notes.
28. Provisions
At 30 September 2012
Provisions made during the year
Provisions utilised during the year
Exchange differences
At 29 September 2013
Provisions made during the year
Provisions utilised during the year
Unused amounts reversed
Unwinding of discount
Exchange differences
At 28 September 2014
Current
Non-current
Total
2014
£m
0.4
1.5
1.9
Restructuring
£m
Other
£m
-
11.4
(2.9)
(0.1)
8.4
6.7
(10.8)
(0.5)
-
-
3.8
3.8
-
3.8
2.4
-
(0.4)
0.1
2.1
-
(0.2)
-
0.1
(0.1)
1.9
0.3
1.6
1.9
2013
£m
-
1.9
1.9
Total
£m
2.4
11.4
(3.3)
-
10.5
6.7
(11.0)
(0.5)
0.1
(0.1)
5.7
4.1
1.6
5.7
Restructuring provisions
Restructuring provisions at 28 September 2014 and 29 September 2013, primarily relate to contract termination costs, consultation fees and
employee termination benefits, recognised by the group following the implementation of cost initiatives announced in May 2013.
Other provisions
Other provisions at 28 September 2014 and 29 September 2013, primarily relate to onerous lease provisions that have arisen due to the exit of
certain group premises, and the period over which these will be settled ranges from 2 to 9 years.
Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
129
29. Share-based payments
The expense recognised for share-based payments in respect of employee services received during the 52 weeks ended 28 September 2014,
including national insurance of £1.8m (2013: £1.1m) and dividend equivalents of £nil (2013: £nil), is £9.1m (2013: £6.2m). This expense arises
from transactions which are expected to be equity-settled share-based payment transactions.
The Britvic Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’)
The SIP is an all-employee plan approved by HMRC. The plan allows for discretionary annual awards of free ordinary shares with a value of 3%
of salary (subject to HMRC maximum limits) together with an offer of matching shares on the basis of one free matching share for each ordinary
share purchased with a participant’s savings, up to a maximum of £50 (2013: £50) per four week pay period. Employees are entitled to receive
the annual free share award, where granted by the group, provided they are employed by the company on the last day of each financial year
and on the award date. There are no cash settlement alternatives.
Awards made during the period are shown in the table below. The fair value of these awards is equivalent to the intrinsic value of the shares.
Annual free shares award
Matching shares award – 1 free share for every ordinary share purchased
2014
No. of shares
2013
No. of shares
-
-
115,377
185,563
The Britvic Executive Share Option Plan (‘Option Plan’)
The Option Plan allows for options to buy ordinary shares to be granted to selected employees. The option price is the average market price of
Britvic plc’s shares on the three business days before the date of grant. Options become exercisable on the satisfaction of the performance
condition and remain exercisable until ten years after the date of grant.
The performance condition requires average growth in EPS of 7% pa over a three year period in excess of the average growth in RPI over the
same period for the options to vest in full. If EPS growth averages 3% per annum in excess of RPI growth, 25% (2013: 25%) of the options will
vest. Straight-line apportionment will be applied between these two levels to determine the number of options that vest and no options will
vest if average EPS growth is below the lower threshold.
In some circumstances, at the discretion of the company, an option holder who exercises his/her option may receive a cash payment rather
than the ordinary shares under option. The cash payment would be equal to the amount by which the market value of the ordinary shares
under option exceeds the option price. However, it is expected that this plan will be equity-settled and as a consequence has been accounted
for as such.
The following table illustrates the movements in the number of share options during the period:
Outstanding at 30 September 2012
Granted during the period
Exercised during the period
Forfeited during the period
Lapsed during the period
Outstanding at 29 September 2013
Granted during the period
Exercised during the period
Forfeited during the period
Lapsed during the period
Outstanding at 28 September 2014
Exercisable at 28 September 2014
Number of
share
options
10,440,020
1,583,878
(2,220,417)
(573,284)
(1,994,425)
7,235,772
858,126
(1,249,325)
(195,906)
(1,306,732)
5,341,935
1,700,841
Weighted
average
exercise
price
(pence)
318.0
427.5
253.7
367.7
364.4
347.1
664.5
281.9
400.2
464.6
383.9
255.5
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 130 Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
29. Share-based payments (continued)
The Britvic Executive Share Option Plan (‘Option Plan’) (continued)
The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for share options exercised during the period was 656.2p (2013: 491.1p).
The share options outstanding as at 28 September 2014 had a weighted average remaining contractual life of 6.9 years (2013: 6.8 years) and
the range of exercise prices was 221.0p – 664.5p (2013: 221.0p – 464.6p).
The weighted average fair value of options granted during the period was 127.6p (2013: 79.8p).
The fair value of equity-settled share options granted is estimated as at the date of grant using a binomial model, taking account of the terms
and conditions upon which the options were granted.
The Britvic Performance Share Plan (‘PSP’)
The PSP allows for awards of ordinary shares or nil cost options to be made to selected employees with vesting subject to the satisfaction of a
performance condition. Different performance conditions apply to different groups of employees. Awards up to and including 2008 were made
in respect of ordinary shares. Awards granted since 2009 have been in respect of nil cost options. Nil cost options become exercisable on the
satisfaction of the performance conditions and remain exercisable until 10 years/7 years after the date of grant for employees based in the UK/
Ireland respectively.
The performance condition applying to the total number of awards granted to members of the senior leadership team during the current period
is divided equally between the total shareholder return (‘TSR’) and return on invested capital (‘ROIC’) performance conditions described below.
The TSR condition measures the company’s TSR relative to a comparator group (consisting of 18 companies) over a three year performance
period. The awards will not vest unless the company’s position in the comparator group is at least median. At median 25% (2013: 25%) will
vest, rising on a straight-line basis to 100% vesting at upper quartile.
For the award granted during the 52 weeks ended 28 September 2014, the ROIC performance condition requires the company’s ROIC to be
at least 23.8% (2013: 21.5%) over the three year performance period for the award to vest in full. If ROIC is 23.4% (2013: 20.7%) over the
performance period, 25% (2013: 25%) of the award will vest. Straight-line apportionment will be applied between these two levels to determine
the percentage of awards that vest and no awards will vest if ROIC is below the lower threshold.
Awards granted to members of the senior management team vest solely subject to a performance condition which requires average growth in
EPS of 7% pa over a three year period in excess of the growth in RPI over the same period for the awards to vest in full. If EPS growth
averages 3% pa in excess of RPI growth, 25% (2013: 25%) of the awards will vest. Straight-line apportionment will be applied between these
two levels to determine the number of awards that vest and no awards will vest if average EPS growth is below the lower threshold.
In some circumstances, at the discretion of the company, vested awards may be satisfied by a cash payment rather than a transfer of ordinary
shares. However, it is expected that this plan will be equity-settled and as a consequence has been accounted for as such.
The following tables illustrate the movements in the number of shares and nil cost options during the period.
Outstanding at 30 September 2012 and 29 September 2013
Lapsed during the period
Outstanding at 28 September 2014
Number of
shares subject to
TSR condition
Number of
shares subject to
EPS condition
Number of
shares subject to
ROIC condition
52,625
-
52,625
194,176
(10,575)
183,601
52,622
-
52,622
Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
131
29. Share-based payments (continued)
The Britvic Performance Share Plan (‘PSP’) (continued)
Outstanding at 30 September 2012
Granted during the period
Forfeited during the period
Lapsed during the period
Outstanding at 29 September 2013
Granted during the period
Forfeited during the period
Lapsed during the period
Outstanding at 28 September 2014
Number of nil cost
optionssubject to
TSR condition
Number of nil cost
options subject to
EPS condition
Number of nil cost
options subject to
ROIC condition
1,117,815
372,514
(116,080)
(353,192)
1,021,057
191,610
(49,450)
(299,594)
863,623
2,030,366
746,155
(244,435)
(578,173)
1,953,913
516,014
(148,530)
(468,851)
1,852,546
1,117,815
372,514
(116,080)
(353,192)
1,021,057
191,610
(49,450)
(299,594)
863,623
There were no nil cost options exercisable at 28 September 2014 (2013: nil).
The nil cost options outstanding as at 28 September 2014 had a weighted average remaining contracted life of 8.0 years (TSR condition)
(2013: 8.2 years), 7.8 years (EPS condition) (2013: 8.3 years) and 8.0 years (ROIC condition) (2013: 8.2 years).
The weighted average fair value of nil cost options granted during the period was 355.9p (TSR condition) (2013: 203.1p), 624.2p (EPS
condition) (2013: 381.5p) and 624.2p (ROIC condition) (2013: 250.2p).
Key assumptions used to determine the fair value of the options
The fair value of equity-settled shares and nil cost options granted is estimated as at the date of grant using separate models, taking account
of the terms and conditions upon which the shares and nil cost options were granted. The fair value of the options subject to the TSR condition
is determined using a Monte Carlo simulation. The fair value of all other options is calculated using the share price at the date of grant, adjusted
for dividends not received during the vesting period.
The following table lists the inputs to the model used in respect of the Option Plan and PSP awards granted during the 52 weeks ended 28
September 2014. The comparative shows the inputs to the model used in respect of the awards granted during the 52 weeks ended 29
September 2013.
Dividend yield (%)
Expected volatility (%)
Risk-free interest rate (%)
Expected life of option (years)
Share price at date of grant (pence)
Exercise price (pence)
2014
4.15
29.8
0.8
5.0
664.0
664.5
2013
4.45
32.2
0.8
5.0
421.0
427.5
The expected volatility reflects the assumption that the historical volatility is indicative of future trends, which may also not necessarily be the
actual outcome.
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 132 Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
30. Notes to the consolidated cash flow statement
Analysis of net debt
Cash and cash equivalents
Bank overdrafts
Debt due within one year
Debt due after more than one year
Derivatives hedging the balance sheet debt *
Adjusted net debt
Cash and cash equivalents
Bank overdrafts
Debt due within one year
Debt due after more than one year
Derivatives hedging the balance sheet debt *
Adjusted net debt
2013
Cash flows
£m
94.0
(2.5)
(91.6)
(458.3)
(458.4)
56.1
(402.3)
£m
50.4
1.6
76.6
(105.8)
22.8
-
22.8
2012
Cash flows
£m
49.5
(1.9)
(0.6)
(558.7)
(511.7)
65.0
(446.7)
£m
44.4
(0.4)
0.9
-
44.9
-
44.9
Exchange
differences
£m
Other
movement
£m
(0.4)
0.2
11.4
6.6
17.8
(18.0)
(0.2)
-
-
(18.8)
17.6
(1.2)
-
(1.2)
Exchange
differences
£m
Other
movement
£m
0.1
(0.2)
(0.3)
9.0
8.6
(8.9)
(0.3)
-
-
(91.6)
91.4
(0.2)
-
(0.2)
2014
£m
144.0
(0.7)
(22.4)
(539.9)
(419.0)
38.1
(380.9)
2013
£m
94.0
(2.5)
(91.6)
(458.3)
(458.4)
56.1
(402.3)
* Represents the element of the fair value of interest rate currency swaps hedging the balance sheet value of the Notes. This amount has been disclosed separately to
demonstrate the impact of foreign exchange movements which are included in debt due after more than one year.
31. Commitments and contingencies
Operating lease commitments
Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:
Within one year
After one year but not more than five years
After more than five years
Land and
buildings
£m
2.3
10.0
39.0
51.3
Other
£m
8.6
14.6
-
23.2
2014
Total
£m
10.9
24.6
39.0
74.5
Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
133
31. Commitments and contingencies (continued)
Operating lease commitments (continued)
Within one year
After one year but not more than five years
After more than five years
Finance lease commitments
Future minimum lease payments under finance leases are as follows:
Within one year
After one year but not more than five years
More than five years
Land and
buildings
£m
3.2
14.9
41.0
59.1
Other
£m
8.4
17.0
-
25.4
2014
£m
0.1
0.2
-
0.3
2013
Total
£m
11.6
31.9
41.0
84.5
2013
£m
0.2
0.3
-
0.5
Due to the timing of the expiry of the finance lease commitments, there is no material difference between the total future minimum lease
payments and their fair value.
Capital commitments
At 28 September 2014, the group has commitments of £3.6m (2013: £8.0m) relating to the acquisition of new plant and machinery.
Contingent liabilities
The group had no material contingent liabilities at 28 September 2014 (2013: none).
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 134 Financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
32. Related party disclosures
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Britvic plc and the subsidiaries listed in the table below. Particulars of
dormant and non-trading subsidiaries which do not principally affect the group results have been excluded. A full list of all subsidiaries is
annexed to the annual report submitted to Companies House.
Name
Directly held
Britannia Soft Drinks Limited
Britvic Finance No 2 Limited
Indirectly held
Principal activity
Holding company
Financing company
Country of
incorporation
% equity
interest
England and Wales
Jersey
Britvic International Limited
Marketing and distribution of soft drinks
England and Wales
Britvic Soft Drinks Limited
Manufacture and sale of soft drinks
England and Wales
Britvic Irish Holdings Limited
Holding company
Republic of Ireland
Britvic Ireland Limited
Manufacture and marketing of soft drinks
Republic of Ireland
Britvic Northern Ireland Limited
Marketing and distribution of soft drinks
Republic of Ireland
Aquaporte Limited
Supply of water-coolers and bottled water
Republic of Ireland
Britvic Worldwide Brands Limited
Marketing and distribution of soft drinks
Republic of Ireland
Counterpoint Wholesale (Ireland) Limited
Wholesale of soft drinks to the licensed trade
Republic of Ireland
Counterpoint Wholesale (NI) Limited
Wholesale of soft drinks to the licensed trade
Northern Ireland
Britvic North America LLC
Marketing and distribution of soft drinks
Britvic France SNC
Fruité Entreprises SAS
Fruité SAS
Bricfruit SAS
Unisource SAS
Teisseire SAS
Holding partnership
Holding company
Manufacture and sale of soft drinks
Manufacture and sale of soft drinks
Manufacture and sale of soft drinks
Manufacture and sale of soft drinks
Teisseire Benelux SA
Marketing and distribution of soft drinks
Britvic Soft Drinks PTE Limited
Holding company
Britvic India Manufacturing Private Limited
Manufacture and sale of soft drinks
USA
France
France
France
France
France
France
France
Singapore
India
Key management personnel are deemed to be the executive and non-executive directors of the company and members of the Executive
Committee. The compensation payable to key management in the period is detailed below.
Short-term employee benefits
Post-employment benefits
Share-based payments
See note 8 for details of directors’ emoluments.
There were no other related party transactions requiring disclosure in these financial statements.
2014
£m
6.7
0.2
1.5
8.4
2013
£m
6.6
0.1
1.1
7.8
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
Financial statements
Company balance sheet
At 28 September 2014
135
Non-current assets
Investments in group undertakings
Other financial assets
Current assets
Trade and other receivables
Deferred tax asset
Other financial assets
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Interest bearing loans and borrowings
Other financial liabilities
Other current liabilities
Net current assets/(liabilities)
Total assets less current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Interest bearing loans and borrowings
Other financial liabilities
Other non-current liabilities
Net assets
Capital and reserves
Issued share capital
Share premium account
Own shares reserve
Share scheme reserve
Hedging reserve
Merger reserve
Retained earnings
Equity shareholders’ funds
Note
6
11
8
7
11
9
10
11
12
10
11
12
13,14
14
14
14
14
14
14
2014
£m
757.8
64.6
822.4
160.1
-
0.7
160.8
(65.3)
(26.1)
(0.1)
(0.4)
(91.9)
68.9
891.3
(539.1)
(9.9)
(1.5)
(550.5)
340.8
49.4
33.5
(2.9)
11.2
2.2
87.3
160.1
340.8
2013
£m
748.7
62.5
811.2
59.2
0.7
11.4
71.3
(69.8)
(117.9)
(0.1)
-
(187.8)
(116.5)
694.7
(457.2)
(10.0)
(1.9)
(469.1)
225.6
49.0
25.0
(1.1)
7.5
4.6
87.3
53.3
225.6
The financial statements were approved by the board of directors and authorised for issue on 25 November 2014. They were signed on its behalf by:
Simon Litherland
Chief Executive Officer
John Gibney
Chief Financial Officer
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements
136
Financial statements
Notes to the company financial statements
1. Parent undertaking
The financial statements are prepared under the historical cost convention except for the measurement of derivative instruments at fair value.
They have been drawn up to comply with applicable accounting standards in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.
These accounts have been prepared under UK Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and present information about the company as an
individual undertaking, and not about its group.
The company has taken advantage of the exemption permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to publish its individual profit
and loss account and related notes.
The company is exempt from the requirements of Financial Reporting Standard No.1 (Revised) “Cash Flow Statements”.
2. Accounting policies
Investments
The company recognises its investments in subsidiaries at cost less any provisions made for impairment.
In respect of FRS 20 ‘Share-based payment’, the company records an increase in its investment in subsidiaries to reflect the share-based
compensation expense recorded by its subsidiaries.
Interest bearing loans and borrowings
Interest bearing loans and borrowings are initially recognised at fair value less directly attributable transaction costs and are subsequently
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method or at fair value.
Finance costs arising from the outstanding loan balance and finance charges are charged to the profit and loss account using an effective
interest rate method.
Foreign currencies
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in
foreign currencies are translated at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. All differences are taken to the profit and loss
account.
Issued share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity.
Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.
Dividends
Dividend income is recognised when the company’s right to receive payment is established. Final dividends are recorded in the financial
statements in the period in which they are approved by the company’s shareholders. Interim dividends are recorded in the period in which they
are declared.
Deferred taxation
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised, subject to certain exceptions, in respect of all material timing differences between the
recognition of gains and losses in the financial statements and for tax purposes. Those timing differences recognised include accelerated
capital allowances, unrelieved tax losses and short term timing differences. Timing differences not recognised include those relating to the
revaluation of fixed assets in the absence of a commitment to sell the assets, the gain on sale of assets rolled into replacement assets and the
distribution of profits from overseas subsidiaries in the absence of any commitment by the subsidiary to make the distribution.
Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is regarded as more likely than not that they will be recovered and to the extent that it is
regarded as probable that future taxable profits will be available against which temporary differences can be utilised.
Deferred tax is measured on a non-discounted basis at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the periods in which timing differences
reverse, based on tax rates and laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.
Financial statements Notes to the company financial statements (continued)
137
2. Accounting policies (continued)
Derivative financial instruments and hedging
The company uses cross currency interest rate swaps to hedge its risks associated with foreign currency and interest rate fluctuations classified as
cash flow hedges (when hedging exposure to variability in cash flows that is either attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognised
asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction). All derivative financial instruments are initially recognised and subsequently re-measured
at fair value. Derivatives are carried as assets when the fair value is positive and as liabilities when the fair value is negative.
For those derivatives designated as hedges and for which hedge accounting is desired, the hedging relationship is documented at its inception.
This documentation identifies the hedging instrument, the hedged item or transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged and how
effectiveness will be measured throughout its duration. Such hedges are expected at inception to be highly effective.
Any gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are taken to the profit and loss
account. The treatment of gains and losses arising from revaluing interest rate swaps designated as hedging instruments is as follows:
For cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognised directly in equity, while the ineffective
portion is recognised in the profit and loss account. Amounts taken to equity are transferred to the profit and loss account when the hedged
transaction affects profit or loss, such as when a forecast sale or purchase occurs.
If a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, amounts previously recognised in equity are transferred to the profit and loss account. If
the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised without replacement or rollover, or if its designation as a hedge is revoked,
amounts previously recognised in equity remain in equity until the forecast transaction occurs and are transferred to the profit and loss account.
If the related transaction is not expected to occur, the amount is taken to the profit and loss account.
For fair value hedges, the gain or loss on the fair value of the hedging instrument is recognised in the profit and loss account. The gain or loss
on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk shall adjust the carrying amount of the hedged item and be recognised in the profit and loss
account. If the hedge relationship was ineffective the hedged item would no longer be adjusted and the fair value gain or loss on the hedging
instrument would continue to be recorded in the profit and loss account.
3. Auditor’s remuneration
Auditor’s remuneration has been borne by another group undertaking. For further details, refer to note 7 of the consolidated financial statements.
4. Profit of the company
The company made a profit of £152.3m in the period (2013: profit £23.4m).
5. Directors’ remuneration
The remuneration of the directors of the company is borne by another group company.
Directors’ emoluments
Aggregate gains made by directors on exercise of options
Number of directors accruing benefits under defined benefit schemes
6. Investments in group undertakings
Cost and net book value at the beginning of the period
Capital contribution
Cost and net book value at the end of the period
2014
£m
2.5
1.5
2014
£m
-
2014
£m
748.7
9.1
757.8
2013
£m
2.7
-
2013
£m
-
2013
£m
742.5
6.2
748.7
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 138 Financial statements Notes to the company financial statements (continued)
6. Investments in group undertakings (continued)
The following is a list of the principal subsidiary undertakings of which Britvic plc is, either directly or through subsidiary companies, the
beneficial owner of the whole of the equity share capital. Particulars of dormant and non-trading subsidiaries have been excluded.
Name
Directly held
Britannia Soft Drinks Limited
Britvic Finance No 2 Limited
Indirectly held
Principal activity
Holding company
Financing company
Country of
incorporation
% equity
interest
England and Wales
Jersey
Britvic International Limited
Marketing and distribution of soft drinks
England and Wales
Britvic Soft Drinks Limited
Manufacture and sale of soft drinks
Britvic Irish Holdings Limited
Holding company
England and Wales
Republic of Ireland
Britvic Ireland Limited
Manufacture and marketing of soft drinks
Republic of Ireland
Britvic Northern Ireland Limited
Marketing and distribution of soft drinks
Republic of Ireland
Aquaporte Limited
Supply of water-coolers and bottled water
Republic of Ireland
Britvic Worldwide Brands Limited
Marketing and distribution of soft drinks
Republic of Ireland
Counterpoint Wholesale (Ireland) Limited
Wholesale of soft drinks to the licensed trade
Republic of Ireland
Counterpoint Wholesale (NI) Limited
Wholesale of soft drinks to the licensed trade
Northern Ireland
Britvic North America LLC
Marketing and distribution of Soft drinks
Britvic France SNC
Fruité Entreprises SAS
Fruité SAS
Bricfruit SAS
Unisource SAS
Teisseire SAS
Holding partnership
Holding company
Manufacture and sale of soft drinks
Manufacture and sale of soft drinks
Manufacture and sale of soft drinks
Manufacture and sale of soft drinks
Teisseire Benelux SA
Marketing and distribution of soft drinks
Britvic Soft Drinks PTE Limited
Holding company
Britvic India Manufacturing Private Limited
Manufacture and sale of soft drinks
USA
France
France
France
France
France
France
France
Singapore
India
7. Deferred tax
Opening balance
Profit and loss account
Closing balance
Analysed as tax on timing differences related to:
Other
8. Trade and other receivables
Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings
2014
£m
0.7
(0.7)
-
-
2014
£m
160.1
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
2013
£m
0.9
(0.2)
0.7
0.7
2013
£m
59.2
Financial statements Notes to the company financial statements (continued)
139
9. Trade and other payables
Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings
Accruals and deferred income
10. Interest bearing loans and borrowings
Current
Bank overdrafts
Private placement notes
Unamortised issue costs
Total current
Non-current
Private placement notes
Unamortised issue costs
Total non-current
2014
£m
(62.9)
(2.4)
(65.3)
2014
£m
(4.6)
(21.8)
0.3
(26.1)
(540.1)
1.0
(539.1)
2013
£m
(68.7)
(1.1)
(69.8)
2013
£m
(26.7)
(92.1)
0.9
(117.9)
(459.1)
1.9
(457.2)
Private placement notes
The group holds loan notes with coupons and maturities as shown in the following table:
Year issued
Maturity date
Amount
Interest terms
2007
2007
2009
2010
2010
2014
2014
February 2019
February 2017 – February 2019
December 2014 – December 2019
December 2017
December 2017 – December 2022
February 2021 – February 2024
February 2024 – February 2026
£13m
$273m
$250m
£7.5m
$163m
£35m
$114m
UK£ fixed at 5.94%
US$ fixed at 5.90% - 6.00%
US$ fixed at 4.07% - 5.24%
UK£ fixed at 3.74%
US$ fixed at 3.45% - 4.14%
UK£ fixed at 3.40% - 3.92%
US$ fixed at 4.09% - 4.24%
The group entered into a number of cross-currency swap agreements in relation to the loan notes to manage any foreign exchange risk on
interest rates or on the repayment of the principal borrowed. These swaps expire in line with the loan notes and are discussed in note 26.
See note 25 for an analysis of the interest rate profile and the maturity of the borrowings and related interest rate swaps.
Partial repayment of 2007 Notes
On 20 February 2014, in line with the maturity profile of the 2007 Notes, Britvic plc repaid US$102m (equivalent to £51.8m) and £25m of
Senior Notes in the United States private placement market (USPP) using funds received from the issuance of 2014 Notes (see below).
Issue of 2014 Notes
On 20 February 2014, Britvic plc issued US$114m (equivalent to £70.8m) and £35m of Senior Notes in the United States private placement
market (the ‘2014 Notes’). The proceeds from the 2014 Notes were principally used to repay amounts due in relation to the maturity of certain
tranches of the 2007 Notes.
Issue costs of £0.4m incurred in the period relate to the issue of the 2014 Notes.
The 2014 Notes are unsecured and rank pari passu in right of repayment with other senior unsecured indebtedness of the group.
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 140
Financial statements Notes to the company financial statements (continued)
11. Other financial asset and financial liabilities
Other financial assets: non-current
Cross currency interest rate swaps relating to the 2007 Notes
Cross currency interest rate swaps relating to the 2009 Notes
Other financial assets: current
Cross currency interest rate swaps relating to the 2007 Notes
Cross currency interest rate swaps relating to the 2009 Notes
Other financial liabilities: current
Foreign exchange swaps
Interest rate swaps
Other financial liabilities: non-current
Cross currency interest rate swaps relating to the 2010 Notes
Cross currency interest rate swaps relating to the 2014 Notes
Interest rate swaps
12. Other non-current liabilities
Current
Non-current
Firm commitment
2014
£m
34.4
30.2
64.6
-
0.7
0.7
(0.1)
-
(0.1)
(6.0)
(2.1)
(1.8)
(9.9)
2014
£m
0.4
1.5
1.9
2013
£m
36.9
25.6
62.5
11.4
-
11.4
-
(0.1)
(0.1)
(7.3)
-
(2.7)
(10.0)
2013
£m
-
1.9
1.9
A firm commitment exists in respect of the receipt of the 2009 and 2010 Notes.
13. Issued share capital
The issued share capital is wholly comprised of ordinary shares carrying one voting right each. The nominal value of each ordinary share is
£0.20. There are no restrictions placed on the distribution of dividends, or the return of capital on a winding up or otherwise.
Issued, called up and fully paid ordinary shares
No. of shares
Value
£
At 30 September 2012
Shares issued
At 29 September 2013
Shares issued
At 28 September 2014
242,344,551
48,468,910
2,746,477
549,295
245,091,028
49,018,205
2,138,087
427,618
247,229,115
49,445,823
Of the issued and fully paid ordinary shares, shares 409,725 (2013: 231,547 shares) are own shares held by an employee benefit trust. This
equates to £81,945 (2013: £46,309) at £0.20 par value of each ordinary share. These shares are held for the purpose of satisfying the share
schemes detailed in note 29.
An explanation of the group’s capital management process and objectives is set out in note 25 of the consolidated accounts.
Financial statements Notes to the company financial statements (continued)
141
14. Reconciliation of movement in equity shareholders’ funds
Issued
share
capital
£m
Share
premium
account
£m
Own
shares
reserve
£m
Share
scheme
reserve
£m
49.0
-
0.4
-
-
-
-
25.0
-
8.5
-
-
-
-
(1.1)
-
(5.4)
3.6
-
-
-
7.5
-
-
(3.5)
7.2
-
-
At 29 September 2013
Profit for the year
Issue of shares
Own shares utilised
for share schemes
Movement in share
based schemes
Movement in cash flow
hedges
Payment of dividend
At 28 September 2014
49.4
33.5
(2.9)
11.2
15. Dividends paid and proposed
Declared and paid during the period
Equity dividends on ordinary shares
Final dividend for 2013: 13.0p per share (2012: 12.4p per share)
Interim dividend for 2014: 6.1p per share (2013: 5.4p per share)
Dividends paid
Proposed
Final dividend for 2014: 14.8p per share (2013: 13.0p per share)
16. Contingent liabilities
The company is co-guarantor of the group’s bank loan and overdraft facilities.
Hedging
reserve
Merger
reserve
Retained
earnings
£m
4.6
-
-
-
-
(2.4)
-
2.2
£m
87.3
-
-
-
-
-
-
87.3
£m
53.3
152.3
-
1.3
-
-
(46.8)
160.1
2014
£m
31.8
15.0
46.8
36.3
Total
£m
225.6
152.3
3.5
1.4
7.2
(2.4)
(46.8)
340.8
2013
£m
29.6
12.9
42.5
31.7
17. Related party transactions
The company has taken advantage of the exemption under FRS 8 available to a parent company not to disclose transactions with its wholly
owned subsidiaries within its financial statements.
Financial statementsOther informationStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements
142
04 Other
information
143 Shareholder information
Other information
Other information
143
Shareholder information
Shareholder profile as at 28 September 2014
Range of holdings
Number of Holdings
Percentage of
total holdings
Ordinary shares
(million)
Percentage
Issued capital
1-199
200-499
500-999
1000-4999
5000-9999
10000-49999
50000-99999
100000-499999
500000-999999
1000000 Plus
Totals
223
271
431
986
215
182
73
136
27
54
8.58%
10.43%
16.59%
37.95%
8.28%
7.01%
2.81%
5.23%
1.04%
2.08%
2,598
100.00%
14,925
88,615
301,021
2,083,419
1,405,068
4,244,450
5,275,130
31,132,066
19,154,521
183,529,900
247,229,115
0.01%
0.04%
0.12%
0.84%
0.57%
1.72%
2.13%
12.59%
7.75%
74.23%
100.00%
Category
Number of Holdings
Percentage of
total Holdings
Ordinary shares
(million)
Percentage of
issued share capital
Private Individuals
Nominee
Limited Company
Other Organisation
Pension Fund, Insurance Companies
and Banks
Total
2014 Dividends
Interim
Final
1,592
531
420
52
3
2,598
61.28%
20.43%
16.17%
2.00%
0.12%
100.00%
4,652,642
201,568,721
27,495,265
13,388,715
123,772
247,229,115
1.88%
81.53%
11.12%
5.42%
0.05%
100.00%
O
t
h
e
r
i
n
f
o
m
a
t
i
o
n
Dividend mandates
Shareholders who wish dividends to be paid directly into a bank or
building society account should contact the Registrar for a dividend
mandate form or the form can be downloaded from the company’s
website www.britvic.com/investor-centre/shareholder-centre/dividends
This method of payment removes the risk of delay or loss of dividend
cheques in the post and ensures that your account is credited on the
due date.
Dividend reinvestment plan (DRIP)
Shareholders can choose to reinvest dividends received to purchase
further shares in the company through the company’s DRIP. A DRIP
application form is available via the Registrar or for download from
the company’s website www.britvic.com/investor-centre/
shareholder-centre/dividends
Payment Date
11 July 2014
6 February 2015
Amount per share
6.1p
14.8p
Share dealing services
The company’s Registrar, Equiniti Financial Services Limited, offer a
telephone and internet dealing service, Shareview, which provides a
simple and convenient way of buying and selling shares. For
telephone dealings call 08456 037 037 between 8.00am and
4.30pm, Monday to Friday, and for internet dealings log onto www.
shareview.co.uk/dealing
Individual Savings Accounts
(ISAs)
ISAs in Britvic plc ordinary shares are available through Equiniti
Financial Services Limited. Further information may be obtained
through their ISA Helpline, telephone 0845 300 0430.
Financial statementsStrategic reportGovernance
144 Other information Shareholder information continued
Electronic communications
Shareholders can elect to receive shareholder documents
electronically by registering with Shareview at www.shareview.co.uk
This will save on printing and distribution costs, creating
environmental benefits. When you register, you will be sent an email
notification to say when shareholder documents are available on our
website and you will be provided with a link to that information. When
registering, you will need your shareholder reference number which
can be found on your share certificate or proxy form. Please contact
Equiniti if you require any assistance or further information.
Contacts
The Company Secretary is Clare Thomas. The registered office is
Breakspear Park, Breakspear Way, Hemel Hempstead, Hertfordshire
HP2 4TZ, telephone +44 (0)1442 284411, fax +44 (0)1442 284402,
website www.britvic.com
Shareholder inquiries to the Company Secretary may also be
submitted to company.secretariat@britvic.co.uk
Investor Relations enquiries may be submitted to: www.britvic.com/
investor-centre
This report is available to download via the company’s website www.
britvic.com/investor-centre/results-and-presentations/2014
The company’s Registrar is Equiniti, Aspect House, Spencer Road,
Lancing, West Sussex BN99 6DA, telephone 0871 384 2550* (UK
callers), +44 121 415 7019 (non-UK callers).
* For those with hearing difficulties, a textphone is available on 0871 384 2255 for
UK callers with compatible equipment. Calls to 0871 numbers are charged at 8p
per minute plus network extras.
American Depository Receipts
(ADRs)
Britvic American Depository Receipts are traded on the Over The
Counter (OTC) market under the symbol BTVCY. One ADR represents
two Britvic plc ordinary shares. This is a sponsored Level 1 ADR
programme for which The Bank of New York Mellon acts as both
Depositary Bank and Registrar. For the issuance and management of
ADRs and any general ADR questions, please contact:
The Bank of New York Mellon
Investor Services
P.O. Box 11258
Church Street Station
New York, NY 10286-1258
USA
Investor Helpline: +1-888-BNY-ADRs (USA caller, toll free)
+1 201 680 6825 (non-USA caller)
Email: shrrelations@bnymellon.com
Website: http://www.bnymellon.com/shareowner
Warning to shareholders – boiler
room fraud and other investment
scams
Share or investment scams are often run from ‘boiler rooms’ where
fraudsters cold-call investors offering them worthless, overpriced or
even non-existent shares, or offer to buy their shares in a company at
a higher price than the market value. Shareholders are advised to be
very wary of any unsolicited advice, offers to buy shares at a discount,
or offers of free reports about the company. Even seasoned investors
have been caught out by such fraudsters and it is estimated that
£200 million is lost in this way in the UK each year.
The FCA have some helpful information about such scams on their
website, including tips to protect your savings and how to report a
suspected investment scam. Britvic encourages shareholders to read
the information on the site which can be accessed at www.fca.org.
uk/consumers/scams/investment-scams
Financial calendar
Ex-dividend date
Record date
4 December 2014
5 December 2014
Annual general meeting
27 January 2015
Payment of final dividend
6 February 2015
Interim results announcement
20 May 2015
Britvic takes care of the environment by choosing pureprint ® environmental print technology. All the electricity used in the production of this report was generated from
renewable sources and vegetable oil based inks were used throughout. The printer is a CarbonNeutral ® company and certificated to Environmental Management
System, ISO 14001 and registered to EMAS, the Eco Management and Audit Scheme.
The paper used in this production is made from 100% recycled waste with FSC® certification.
Designed by SG Design [sg-design.co.uk] Photography by Ben Fisher [benfisherphotography.com]
making life’s everyday
moments more enjoyable
Britvic plc
Breakspear Park
Breakspear Way
Hemel Hempstead
HP2 4TZ
Tel: +44 (0)121 711 1102
www.britvic.com